CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - APPENDIX - HOUSE - SENATE

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
• Release Decision: RIFPUB
• Original Classification: K
• Document Page Count: 44
• Document Creation Date: December 15, 2016
• Document Release Date: October 6, 2003
• Sequence Number: 5
• Publication Date: October 19, 1965
• Content Type: OPEN

October 1 pqr used For ReF U2 /81 f14A f 1ft- 00A$ 140005-9
defeated, 114 to 93. Thus, unless the Sen-
ate does a clean-up job, which is unlikely,
the sugar lobbyists will be swarming around
the House for at least another 5 years, creat-
ing the impression that they control V.S.
policy in this delicate area.
No one says that all lobbying is bad or
that all lobbyists should be banned. Quite
the "contrary. Many lobbyists representing
American interests render services that are
useful and possibly even necessary to the
successful functioning of Congress. This
general subject is treated at some length in
an article by Arthur Edson.
But what useful service can be credited to
the ubiquitous sugar lobbyists? Through-
out the House debate FINDLEY and his back-
ers tried in vain to find out. This is hardly
surprising. Most of these lobbyists know lit-
tle or nothing about the complex business of
fixing sugar quotas. Furthermore, all the in-
formation needed by the House was readily
available from sources within the adminis-
tration. The lobbyists were nothing more
than a collection of handsomely paid, but
influential, fifth wheels.
It may seem surprising that most of the
House Members are so indifferent, so in-
sensitive, in this matter. If HALL or PELLY
or both are right, the House has the mak-
ings of a potential Bobby Baker case on its
hands, But the Members, or a majority of
.them, give every indication that they
couldn't care less.
Actually, this is not as surprising as it
seems, For the sugar bill over the years has
been in the private domain of Chairman
COOLEY of the House Agriculture Commit-
tee. It is his baby, and the hands-off notice
is generally respected. Furthermore, the
rank-and-file of the House Members are not
greatly interested. No doubt Chairman
Coox,EY and a few members of his committee
are fully conversant with the provisions of
the measure. But the Members, by and
large, are not, and the Senate at this late
hour In, the session will have little oppor-
tunity or incliniation for a serious study of
,the bill.
Some of the results. of this' leave-it-to-
Cooley attitude are remarkable, to say the
least.
Let's take the case of Argentina and
Venezuela. Argentina's agricultural coun-
selor, Enreque Gaston Valente, said his
country "thinks it Is entitled to a quota
:without the Government having to pay any-
one." Venezuela thought otherwise. It re-
tained Charles Patrick Clark, attorney and
one of this town's more successful lobbyists,_
at $50,00b a year for 21/2 years. The result:
Venezuela's quota under the Johnson ad-
ministration bill, 2,676 tons, was raised by
the Cooley committee to 30,809 tons. Ar-
gentina was scheduled for a quota of some
63,000 tons. The committee cut it back to
21,500`tons. No need for the Argentine Gov-
ernment to pay anyone?
Some other oddities: Thailand, which had
never had a sugar quota, was thoughtful
enough to hire as a lobbyist one of COOLEY'S
former colleagues on the House committee.
The Thais were awarded about 20,000 tons.
Seven other newcomers to this country's
'sugar bowl were granted quotas. And (can
you believe it?) each had the foresight to
hire a lobbyist.
As already indicated, the useful nature of
the services rendered by these lobbyists are
as mysterious as the criteria used by the
committee to determine which country gets
how much. But there is nothing mysterious
about some of the other activities of the
lobbyists. Oscar Chapman, former Secre-
tary of the Interior, was chairman last year
of a Johnson-for-President fundraising en-
terprise. Clark has been a generous con-
tributor to Democratic campaign funds.
Donald Dawson, a former Truman aid, was
also active in the Johnson campaign. And
so on. These men may not know much
about the sugar business, but they know
their way around town.
Chairman Coox,EY is a bit sensitive about
the activity and the take of the lobbyists.
At a hearing last August, FINDLEY wanted to
ask some questions about compensation of
Lobbyist Ganson Purcell. FINDLEY was cut
off by the chairman. COOLEr said it is
"none of your business and none of my bus-
iness what his terms of employment as a
lawyer are. He fixes his own fee and his
own arrangements."
The chairman, we think, is egregiously
mistaken. Knowledge respecting the fees
of lobbyists ought to be the business of
every Member of Congress. And, most em-
phatically, it ought to be the business of
the American people who, in the long run,
pick up the tab.
Tribute to Teens
HON. JAMES G. O'HARA
OF MICHIGAN
IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Tuesday, October 19, 1965
Mr. O'HARA of Michigan. Mr.
Speaker, too often the youth of today
are characterized as irresponsible, lazy,
or disdainful of the needs of others.
Unfortunately, the misdeeds of a few
sometimes overshadow the activities of
the majority of our Nation's young
people.
An example of the attitude of the ma-
jority of America's youth occurred re-
cently in Macomb County, Mich., located
in the congressional district which I am
privileged to represent.
An article, which appeared in the Oc-
tober 13 edition of the Macomb Daily
under the headline, "Tribute to Teens,"
describes the activities of a group of
during the summer months to work in
local hospitals and other facilities.
Mr. Speaker, under unanimous con-
sent I include the Macomb Daily article,
which was written by Assistant City Edi-
tor Bud Sloan, in the Appendix of the
RECORD.
The article follows:
TRIBUTE TO TEENS-MACOMB YOUNGSTERS
COMFORT THE SICK AND INFIRM
(By Bud Sloan)
They seem like average teenagers.
And they are, except-
They have an unusual capacity for com-
passion.
"They" are the 300 volunteers who work
under the direction of the Macomb County
Red Cross High School Council and Tuesday
night they were publicly honored for their
humanitarian work.
For. the joy and pleasure they bring to
crippled children, retarded children, and
those whiling away idle hours in hospitals,
the volunteers were given a plaque in recog-
nition of the many hours they have spent
bringing cheer and hope to the unfortunate.
In presenting the 1964-65 youth group
achievement award-given annually to an
outstanding youth organization by Parent's
magazine-Roseville Mayor Arthur .8. C.
Waterman offered the gratitude of the sick
and the infirm.
"I am heartened to "find so many of our
young people in the county willing to give
A5881
of their time in constructive service to the
community," Waterman said.
He recalled the amazing record of the vol-
unteers in the past year.
"During the summer months, the volun-
teers gave over 3,000 hours of service in six
nursing homes, St. Joseph Hospital in Mount
Clemens, Mount Clemens General Hospital,
Macomb County Health Clinic, Red Cross
Bloodmobiles, and general work at the Red
Cross chapter headquarters," Waterman said,
Apart from the hospital work, volunteers
gave parties for crippled children, blind chil-
dren, and retarded children.
Mark Golemboiwski, 15, of 38701 West-
chester, Sterling township, who was installed
as president of the council Tuesday night,
summed it up :
"Most of the youngsters we try to cheer
up don't get around very much.
"Hardly anyone comes in contact with
them except their immediate family.
"If we can bring a little cheer into their
lives we feel we are amply rewarded."
Deborah Niemer, 16, of 29943 Hughes, St.
Clair Shores, Who took office as correspond-
ing secretary of the council, spoke of the
many visits by volunteers to hospitals and
nursing homes.
"It is so heartwarming to see the eyes of a
patient light up when we stop in for a visit,"
said Miss Niemer.
"Often they will ask us to read for them
or write a letter.
"Many are lonely and the friendship we
offer seems to be priceless to them.,'
Taking office with Golemboiwski and Miss
Niemer at the meeting were: James Scott,
Mount Clemens High School, vice president;
Claudia Smith, Lakeview High School, St.
Clair Shores, recording secretary; Janet
Zieminski, Warren Woods High School, his-
torian, and Gary Glasen, Eppler Junior High
School, Utica, sergeant at arms.
And as the excitement of the presentation
and the installation of officers died away in
the Red Cross Chapter at 17955 Eleven Mile
Road, Roseville, Mrs. Cecil Fansler, director
of Red Cross youth in the county, looked
,fondly at the youngsters.
"Truly," she said, "they are their brother's
keepersi'
'Moscow, Peiping, and Hanoi Back
Demonstrators
EXTENSION OF REMARKS
or
HON. W. J. BRYAN DORN
OF SOUTH CAROLINA
IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Thursday, September 23, 1965
Mr. DORN. Mr. Speaker, if there is
any doubt about the Communist world
conspiracy being Involved in the peace
demonstrations, teach-ins, and draft
card burnings in the United States we
should read the following which appeared
from news dispatches in the Washington
Post this morning: '
[From, the Washington Post,.Oct. 19, 1965]
MOSCOW AND PFSPINo HATL DEMONSTRATIONS
Newspapers in the Soviet Union and Com-
munist China yesterday praised Americans
who took part in weekend demonstrations
against U.S.participation in the Vietnam
war.
"Americans Ashamed of America," was the
headline in the Soviet Government news-
paper Izvestia last night over long stories
about the demonstrations.
"Washington Is alarmed," Izvestia declared,
then Went Into a discussion of investigations
planned by the Attorney General's Office Into
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 A5882
ApproveCONGRESIUNAL3/RECO~tDARAPPENi~R000300~1~4c oC~e 919 191965,
activities of draft evaders and demonstrators.
"The purpose of the new witch hunting is to
frighten opponents of the war in Vietnam,"
Izvestia said.
In Peiping, the official People's Daily said
"panic-stricken U.S. authorities used large
numbers of policemen, FBI agents, and hired
hooligans to obstruct and sabotage" the dem-
onstrations. It also quoted an article in the
North Vietnamese newspaper Nhann Dan, pay-
ing warm tribute to the American demon-
strators.
As always, the newspaper distinguished be-
tween the peace-loving American people and
their rulers, who are called warmongers who
are bloodthirsty by nature.
Tree Capital of the South, Taylor County,
. Fla.
EXTENSION OF REMARKS
OF
HON. DON FUQUA
OF s9 oanA
IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Thursday, October 14, 1965
Mr. FUQUA. Mr. Speaker, I take great
pleasure in announcing to the Congress
of the United States, a, proclamation by
the Honorable Haydon Burns, Governor
of Florida, proclaiming Taylor County,
Fla., as the "Tree Capital of the South."
Mr. Speaker, we are all aware of the
tremendous importance of timber and its
related industries to the economy of this
Nation, in fact it is one of the five major
industries of the United States.
It is hard to visualize, as we see an in-
dividual tree, that this one item is a
basic cornerstone of the economy of this
Nation. The landowner is the first in a
long line of Americans who derive all or
part of their incomes from timber.
The multitude of wood products and
lumber runs into the thousands.
It is therefore with justifiable pride
that I join with Governor Burns in as-
serting our claim that Taylor County,
an area which I am privileged to repre-
sent in the Congress, Is the "Tree Capital
of the South."
This afternoon on the steps of the capi-
tol of Florida, Governor Burns took a
branding iron to affix his signature to
a proclamation which had been inscribed
on a, huge cross section of a cypress tree.
It reads:
Whereas official forest statistics prove Tay-
lor County, Fla., throughout history has been
a world leader in tree production, and now
leads the South in wood harvested and leads
the South in reforestation, I hereby proclaim
Taylor County, Fla., the Tree Capital of the
South.
This is no idle boast.
As far back as. the 1700's, Taylor
County began harvesting its vast acreages
of virgin timber. Through the years this
harvesting accelerated, as Taylor County
is situated in the heartland of America's
virgin timber.
Harvesting hit a peak in the early
part of this century with the construc-
tion of the largest cypress sawmill in the
world, the Burton Swartz Co.,. still in
operation as the Lee-Tidewater Cypress
Co., and the huge Brooks-Scanlon saw-
mill, which was to become the largest
sawmill ever to,operate east of the Mis-
sissippi.
The sawmill town of Carbur sprang
up, and was the largest sawmill town In
the world.
When these early timber companies
cut out the virgin forests, many believed
Taylor County would dwindle away, but
forward thinking men began reforesta-
tion even as the last vestiges of the vir-
gin stands were cut away. Their efforts
have borne fruit.
Our area is noted for its rapid rate of
growth of timber and just over a decade
ago, Buckeye Cellulose Corp. established
its huge plant near Perry, and today
after five major expansions, is one of the
three largest dissolving pulp producers
in America.
Lee-Tidewater Cypress Co. is today
expanding into a completely new plant,
and employs hundreds of people.
Cooperation between the pulp and
timber industry has brought a resur-
gence of the lumber industry in the coun-
ty, and today five major mills are operat-
ing there.
Taylor County has nearly a billion
board feet of standing timber and wood
harvesting in the county last year ex-
ceeded 340,000 cords of wood. Looking
to the future, Taylor County has been
the leading tree planting county in our
State, having planted over 87 million
seedlings since 1928, with thousands of
acres reforested with direct seeding.
This past year alone, Taylor County
planted 61/3 million seedlings.
Taylor County has more tree farm
acreage than any other county in the
State, in fact one of every 12 tree farm
acres In Florida is located in Taylor
County.
This is the basis for our claim.
Each year, Perry is the site for a great
pine tree festival which pays tribute to
the second largest industry in our
State-timber-producing a billion dol-
lars in income annually.
I take pride in being able to present
just a portion of the story of Taylor
County to the Congress. Men looking
to the future, where we will need an ever
increasing amount of wood for a grow-
ing Nation, are scientifically conserving
this priceless natural resource in the
Taylor County area.
I pay tribute to them and salute the
people of Perry and Taylor County, and
join with them in making claim to the
title that Taylor County is truly the
"Tree Capital of the South."
Sharing Federal Taxes
EXTENSION OF REMARKS
or
HON. F. BRADFORD MORSE
OF MASSACHUSETTS
IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Thursday, October 14, 1965
Mr. MORSE. Mr. Speaker, last
Thursday, I Introduced legislation call-
ing for the distribution of certain Fed-
eral tax-revenues to tlrye States for dis-
tribution to communities for health,
education, and welfare projects.
It seems to me that this approach is
crucial if we are to preserve the integrity
of local government, which is already
struggling with a narrow tax base and
increasing needs. An additional source
of funds would ease high property taxes
which in the long run tend to weaken the
competitive position of States and com-
munities in the national economy.
One of the voices raised in support of
the tax sharing idea has been that of
the Lowell, Mass., Sun. In an. editorial
which appeared on Thursday, October
14, the Sun pointed out its early support
for such a proposal and its continued
determination to press for a system that
would enable our local communities and
State governments to respond to the de-
mands of a growing population.
Under unanimous consent I include
the editorial in the RECORD:
SHARING FEDERAL TAXES
More than a year ago, this newspaper
was one of the first voices in the country
to propose the idea of distributing part of
the Federal Government's income tax rev-
enues to the States and the cities.
Our reasoning was simple. Federal rev-
enues are rising steadily as the economy
expands, while State and municipal treasur-
ies are everywhere approaching bankruptcy.
Many of the major needs of 20th-century
America are local: better schools, better po-
lice protection, better sewerage, welfare pro-
grams and so on. Although there is a patch-
work of Federal programs available to help
State and local communities meet these
needs, the red tape can get so complex that
most municipalities are left in the cold.
Besides, we would rather see local gov-
ernments handle these problems by them-
selves than have to be fed and led by Wash-
ington. But because real estate taxes and
sale taxes have reached their saturation point
almost everywhere in the country, there is
nowhere the States and cities can go to get
more money except to the Federal Govern-
ment.
Sharing in Federal income tax revenues
would also give cities a fairer break in rela-
tion to towns. Cities such as Lowell have
high tax rates because there are so many
urban services to provide. Towns have lower
tax rates, because there is less need for police
protection, incinerators, sewage treatment
plants, and so on,. The result is that indus-
try locates in the towns, lowering their tax
rates even more; while at the same time in.
dustry leaves the cities, raising the real estate
levies on the city homeowner.
The notion of Federal tax distribution was
officially proposed to President Johnson late
last year by Dr. Walter Heller, former White
House economic adviser. But the plan lan-
guished because organized labor was opposed
to it and because President Johnson was
irked at Heller for leaking the idea to the
press.
After many months of hibernation, the
plan was picked up again not by the Demo-
cratice administration, but by Republican
Governors and now, by Senator JACOB
S. JAVITS, of New York, also a Republican.
JAVITS this week introduced a bill that
would establish a $2.5 billion annual trust
fund which the V.S. Treasury would dis-
tribute to the States, which could use their
allotments for programs involving health,
education and welfare.
The Javits proposal is not perfect, but it
is a big step in the right direction. We hope
.Congress gives it very careful scrutiny, and
that a workable program of tar: sharing is
enacted very soon.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26534
Approved t8q"gl8Wiil,Ok*&,b-RDP $5R446R00030q"pgpe5~.919, 1965
down to the zero tariff level on 26 major cate- neighbors. Such a policy is more in con- ually or collectively. This is not the
gorses of U.S. exports. sonance with the goal of the Alliance for issue. The issue is the impression which
We hope that the Common Market will not Progress which seeks to establish democratic is being created around the world when,
become a closed trading association which and progressive governments in Latin emonstra-
would prevent the small nations of the world America. as a a we result of actually these announce various s d d to many
from reaping the fruits of trade. If the United States is to promote a true tions,
We urge that trade with Communist China Alliance for Progress stressing democracy parts of the world that those participat--.
and other restricted nations, be begun on a and social reform in Latin America, our Gov- ing in these demonstrations do not have
pilot project that later could be expanded if ernment must realize that It will frequently confidence in the established order of a
successful. be necessary to deal with Latin American democracy.
Asia leaders who are not as stringently anti-Cam- There are ample protections in our
We believe that no solution can he reached munist as we are. No loyal American wants form of government for every American
in Vietnam without discussion with the another Castroite government in this hemi- to make known his views and his griev-
parties concerned including, if need be, the sphere, but the solution is not the support of
right wing military governments instead. antes.
Vietcong. It is important to any under- g the standing of the Vietnamese mese situation that We believe that the United States should I submit that these young people and,
we realize that the Vietcong are at least consider the possibility of reestablishing dip- yes, some of the professors who have been
to some degree autonomous. The war should lomatic relations with Cuba, when Cuba participating in this latest rash of dem-
be fought in the south with the Vietcong and demonstrates by its actions that she will onstrations against our policy in Viet-
we support the President in his efforts to permit the people of each Latin American nam, must be prepared to assume full
maintain our position in southeast Asia. nation to determine their oven destiny free reSillity for the consequences full
However, we believe that the bombing of from external pressure. their actions.
North Vietnam is in effectual, a danger to We support the policy of the United States
world peace and a violation of international with respect to Cuba. We hope that the President Johnson and other respon-
law. We condemn Red China and North Cuban people will rejoin the ranks of free sible Americans-those charged with the
Vietnam for any aid they have rendered the people in the future; however, we do not be- responsibility of carrying out our foreign
Vietcong in violation of the Geneva treaty have that Cuba is today the major threat to policy-quite properly have warned that
of 1954. the United States In Latin America. We be- these demonstrations against our policy
lieve that ignorance, poverty, famine, and
We urge the Johnson administration to in Vietnam, even though participated in
reexamine carefully the present U.S. policy the recalcitrance of the ruling and landed by a reltaively small number of people,
with respect to Communist China, and to classes in Latin America are the true threats might be misinterpreted by our enemies
give consideration to the possibility of a to the security of the United States. It is
"two China" policy. This policy would mean through the failure to eradicate these propa- as an expression of American will. Con-
the diplomatic recognition of Red China and gators of turmoil and tyranny that commu- sequently, whatever hope we may have
the government of Taiwan as two separate nism gains its great impetus. Cuba Is, how- of negotiating a solution of the problem
governments, each renouncing its claims to ever, a threat to Latin American nations be- in Vietnam in the near future may be
cause of its infiltration and sabotage. We
the other's territory. Both of these na- that much delayed.
urge the OAS to use all its powers to stop
be adm tions would the seat In t to the United Na- We have every reason to believe, from
now held and by the sent China would ld Security go too India. . ACouncil At Communist Latin America erica is desperately in n need Latin need. of current reports from Vietnam, that the
A
a time when the nations of the world are leaders who are non-Communist social situation is markedly improved. Secre-
striving for cooperation it becomes increas- reformers. The United States must support tary Rusk made a most significant an-
ingly difficult for such ventures to be sac- such leaders wherever they exist. We must nouncement when he said that the Hanoi
cessful when the United States fails to rec- be equally alarmed by both Communist Government has withdrawn one of its
ognize the existence of a nation with over coups and right-wing coups. Our reaction most serious obstacles to negotiations
700 million people and great military poten- to the overthrow of President Bosch was not its original insistence that American
tial. comparable to our reaction in the present its r must be wience th from rican
The United States must continue to pro- crisis, and this can hardly serve as an inspi-troop
tect the government on Taiwan from in- ration to other non-Communist social Vietnam before we can begin negotia-
vasion by the Communist Chinese. While reformers in Latin America. We, therefore, tions. Many observers of the scene in
we support the continuance of military aid propose that aid and diplomatic recognition Vietnam consider this a major break-
to Taiwan, we believe that such aid should to governments which have come to power through, in our efforts to get this dispute
through the overthrow of democratically from the battlefield to the negotiating
In made
itiation of substantial contingent on potheliticcal al and civil l elected governments be permanently with-
i held. table. Increasingly, there has been an
reform. We also urge that the government air of confidence from many sources all
of Taiwan grant true civil and political over the world, that the successes of the
equality to the native Formosans. R
Outer Mongolia. OTESTS OF VIETNAM WAR South Vietnamese and the American
We urge the United States to recogni e The SPEAKER pro tempore. Under a troops in Vietnam are hastening the day
rthis tragic dispute
We support the persistent efforts of the previous order of the House, the gentle- when we the negotiating table.
United States to have India and. Pakistan man from Illinois [Mr. PucINSlII is rec- bringing can Therefore, it resolve e ito would seem to me that
peacefully settle their border dispute. We ognized for 30 minutes.
find it ironic that while both these nations (Mr. PUCINSKI asked and was given the young people who have taken to,
are advocates of policies of conciliation permission to revise and extend his re- burning their draft cards and staging
among the major powers, they are unable to marks.) demonstrations ought to weigh the con-
enter into meaningful negotiation of their Mr. PUCINSKI. Mr. Speaker, there sequences of their actions. All of them
own problems. is growing concern, and properly so, should understand that they may be un-
Wesupport the newly t State throughout the country. about the rash wittingly prolonging the conflict.
Malaysia and support that the United States t
and the United Nations should guarantee its of demonstrations we have witnessed this I was very happy tosee that the Attor-
independence. We regret Indonesia's be- weekend, and continue to witness, pro- ney General has announced a full-scale
havior over the past few months, and hope testing our country's policy in Vietnam. investigation, of this whole rash of dem-
that within the next year she will develop These demonstrations have taken on ex- onstrations and civil disturbances. The
a wiser policy toward Malaysia and the tremely serious proportions and are quite uniformity with which they appeared
United Nations. It is indeed unfortunate properly of growing concern to all Amer- over the weekend throughout the coun,
that wit President dent imperialis Sukarno has b so ob- scans. I have spoken here in the well of try would surely indicate there has been
tem t thhatheo he has begun
to tted to practice it. the House on numerous occasions warn- some advance planning. I am very
Latin America ing about the trend in America toward happy to note that our Government is
We agree with Senator ROBERT KENNEDY what I have described as mobocracy- going to look into this advance planning,
that the President should have obtained the impatience with the established order, because it is entirely possible that this
approval of the Organization of American impatience with the established proce- outbreak of demonstrations has been
States before sending U.S. troops to the dures of our democracy, impatience of triggered by those who have feared the
Dominican Republic. We furthermore urge people who take the law into their own worst in Vietnam-victory for freedom.
the creation of a permanent OAS military hands, and, through mob rule, try to cor- It is significant that when the struggle
force to help keep the peace in Latin America sect whatever grievances they have. in Vietnam seems to be improving for the
in the future.
We believe that in the future the United No one quarrels with the right of any allies, for the South Vietnamese and our
States should pursue a policy of consults- American to speak out and express his American troops, we suddently see this
tion and collective action with its southern grievances, whether he does it individ- outpouring of opposition to our policies.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 ,pd For ReleAlb004300140005-9
October 1A
Foreign aid
We urge the Congress to authorize and ap-
propriate the funds requested by President
Johnson for foreign aid, with the stipulation
that the Congress reserves the authority to
withhold any funds appropriated to a nation
where there is strong evidence that the al-
located funds will not be effectively used for
the social and economic betterment of the
people by the government of that nation.
We believe that American programs of eco-
nomic, technical, and military assistance are
essential for the growth and development of
the indigent nations of the world and for
the securing of these nations against the
menace of Communist domination. It is in
areas where poverty, illiteracy, and famine
are permitted to fester, that tyrannical gov-
ernments flourish.
Since overpopulation is the cause of many
of the problems of the underdeveloped na-
tions, we especially urge the United States to
step up its program of educational and ma-
terial aid in the field of birth control.
The United States is confronted with the
challenge of demonstrating that people all
over the world can be both free and well fed.
Ignorance, destitution, famine, and the
recalcitrance of the ruling and landed classes
constitute the threats to the security of free-
dom and peace around the globe.
We do not believe that we can evaluate the
effectiveness of foreign aid in terms of how
many Communists it helps to kill, nor do we
bold that those who are recipients of for-
eign aid must always agree with us. The
spirit of individualism which is the hall-
mark of democracy cries out against our de-
manding that the rest of the world agree
with us all the time, and a sense of reality
makes it clear that to so demand would be
folly. We suggest that the judgment of his-
tory and our own self-interest dictate that
we measure the efficiency of foreign aid by
how many men, women, and children are
helped so they can live decent and useful
lives.
We believe that the leaders of nations re-
ceiving American foreign aid have a moral
responsibility to help their people; our aid
must be utilized toward that end, never to-
ward the accumulation of fortunes in Swiss
bank accounts.
Today, the people of Latin America, Asia,
and Africa are crippled by their agrarian
traditions and high levels of illiteracy. We
must be patient, and we should not expect
miracles overnight,, but we have to help
these people educate themselves and adjust
to our technological age.
We must remember that the burden which
our prosperous Nation is asked to bear be-
cause of foreign aid is minute compared with
the hardships of illiteracy, poverty, and dis-
ease which more than one-half of the World's
people must today sustain. It is not right
for the rich to stand idly by when the means
to help the poor are available.
Peace Corps
We believe that the United States should
keep open all channels of communication
with the Soviet Union, In the hope that the
Soviets will recognize that it is in their
interest as well as ours to arrive at the
peaceful resolution of disputes.
We urge the U.S. Senate to ratify the con-
sular treaty recently negotiated between
Russia and the United States. The treaty
is an extension of the expressed hopes of
the Russian people and the American peo-
ple to live peacefully with one another. In
addition it will afford added protection to
American citizens traveling in the Soviet
Union.
We urge the U.S. Congress to strongly con-
demn Russian discrimination against Soviet
Jews.
Foreign - trade
We urge the nations of the world to work
for the reduction of tariffs. We believe that
the only effective trade policy this country
can have Is one that will be practiced by
our allies as well. Therefore, the Presi-
dent should do all in his power to bring
abount a common trade policy toward the
Communist block among nations of the
Western World.
We support the sale of wheat and other
food products to the Soviet Union and the
Eastern European nations and the extension
of long-term credit by the Export-Import
Bank to the Eastern European nations and
the Soviet Union.
It is time for ;,ha United States to reexam-
ine its attitude with regard to trade with
Russia and her allies. Increased trade means
that our economy will improve. Also, by
helping the Soviet citizens to live better
We believe that the United States should
do all within its power to arrive at a lasting
peace In the Middle East.
26533
son administrations' policy of seeking agree- to make Angola, Mozambique, and Portu-
ment with the Soviet Union whenever possi- guese Guinea free and independent of Co-
ble. We must remember that but a few lonial domination.
years ago an atom test ban was but a dream, The United States must support the ef-
and that now that dream is a reality. We forts which are aimed at giving all South
support the proposals made by our Govern- Africans equal rights. This of neecssity dic-
ment and urge all nations to negotiate with tates the end of the system of apartheid.
an open and flexible policy. We urge the United States to support a total
Due to advances in technology, we believe economic embargo, with the exception of
that the United States should give up its de- those cases in which hardship would be
mands for on-site inspections whereremote brought upon the people themselves, and
control means of detection are found effec- the censuring of South Africa in the United
tive in detecting nuclear armaments. Nations. We do not believe, however, that
Western European unity South Africa should be expelled from the
We believe that the unity of the Western United Nations.
World is essential for the security of the We believe that it is the responsibility of
Western way of life. The road to a united the new nations of Africa to end the prob-
Atlantic community may be clogged with lems of racialism within their countries.
obstacles, but if those forces which favor an We believe that it is the United States
integrated Western World are patient and duty to urge the African nations to form
persevering, such a united Atlantic com- zones of economic cooperation with the
munity will emerge stretching across the At- eventual goal of political unity.
lantic Ocean and binding together those We believe in the principle of self-deter-
nations and peoples who share a common mination of all the free African nations with
belief in the democratic way of life. as little foreign political intervention and
We urge France to join with other Western interference both by the Western and East-
nations in strengthening Atlantic unity. ern blocks as possible.
President de Gaulle's persistent efforts to Soviet Union
create a third world force under F
h l
renc
ead-
ership can only aid those powers who wish
to undermine the Western community. We
also urge France to allow England to attain
full partnership in the Common Market. We
are hopeful that in the future the Common
Market will be expanded so that all mem-
bers of the Atlantic community may benefit
from economic cooperation.
Eastern Europe
In recent years it has become clear that
within the nations of Eastern Europe there
are stirrings of a desire for freedom and In-
dependence. We urge the Congress to afford
the executive branch of the Government full
latitude in its relations with Eastern Europe
in order to permit us to stimulate these
countries to pursue freer foreign policies.
In particular, we urge the Congress to per-
mit the U S. Government to have freedom
in its political and economic relations with
such nations as Poland, Yugoslavia, and
Rumania.
Berlin wall
We hope that the day will soon come when
the peoples of Berlin will be reunited. The
Berlin wall cannot prevent the people of all
Germany from desiring freedom; it can im-
prison their bodies but not their minds.
We recognize that the Berlin wall is a- viola-
tion of international law and international
morality. We hope soon to see the day when
the wall no longer will exist.
We are encouraged by the East-West agree-
ments allowing the Berlin wall to open
during such times as Easter and Christmas,
but we look forward to the time when the
wall will no longer divide families and
friends.
Middle East
serves as a living achievement of, and me_ We support American determination and We believe that the Johnson Act, which
morial to President Kennedy. aid to help Israel utilize the waters of the forbids long-term loans to nations in default
We urge the continuance and expansion Jordan River. We believe that it is essen- of debts dating from World War II, should
of the Peace Corps in order to help the tial that the United States continue to pro- be repealed.
world's poor In those nations which request tect Israel, the most democratic nation in President de Gaulle's refusal to allow Brit-
Peace Corps aid, the Middle East. ain to join the Common Market means that
Disarmament We are pleased by the recent stand of under the provisions of the Trade Expansion
We believe President Bourguiba and the Tunisian Gov- Act of 1962 the only commodities for which
that war is a dubious luxury ernment in urging Arab reconciliation with the United States and the Common Market
which mankind can no longer afford. Today Israel. can substantially cut tariffs are aircraft and
the atom contains the power either to de- margarine.
atroy civilization or to provide the means for We feel that the- debate In the recent Con-
people around the world to live better lives. grass over Egyptian aid was useful, for it The presence of the balance-of-payments
We support the efforts of the United States showed quite clearly Congress' Increasing dis- deficit and the growing independence of the
and other members of the United Nations satisfaction with Nasser's policy, wihout les- Common Market means that increased trade
who are seeking agreements in Geneva. We sening the executive branch's necessary flex- with these nations is needed for the United
urge that France occupy her seat and join in ibility in foreign policy. States to help maintain its leadership in the
the search for means of achieving disarma- Africa free world. We therefore call upon Congress
meat. We urge the United States to vigorously Trade sEthe xp Expansion Actglallowing d the e United
We are In favor ofthe Kennedy and John- support the efforts of those who are trying States to bargain with the Common Market
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 19,App ved For ReItMa g2%, I b00RME 300140005-9 26535
I subscribe to the warning issued by that many of these young people are the Mr. HARVEY of Michigan. Mr;
the Attorney General, Mr. Katzenbach, unwitting victims of a Communist plot, a Speaker, at 10 o'clock this morning I
that while this widespread movement is, conspiracy somehow to try to resolve the attended a meeting of the House Com-
of course, not Communist controlled, it problems of Vietnam in the streets of mittee on Banking and Currency where
is his strong belief that the Communists America. the committee reported out a bank mer-
are operating in the fringes and cer- I think we can all be proud of the ger bill. This meeting was not called by
tainly inspiring this movement. American people. The overwhelming the chairman after due notice to all
It would be my hope that those Amer- majority of the American people have Members. The basis for holding the
icans who profess to have such a great watched these demonstrations with great meeting was the rules of the committee
concern for peace will remember that concern but also with. considerable self- itself, which provided for regular meet-
our Constitution provides that the re- discipline. They recognize the right of ings on the first and third Tuesday in
sponsibility for foreign policy rests with these young people to participate in these the month. To my knowledge, however,
the President, not with college students, demonstrations. Most Americans have this rule has not been observed during
however well intentioned. great pity .for these young people. I the past 5 years that I have served on
We here in this Congress have devel- think these young 'people themselves this committee of the House.
oped a certain discipline. There are should be pitied, but I am delighted, I I believe, Mr. Speaker, that I was the
branch of government to legislate for- General is undertaking a vast investiga-
eign policy. Yet wiser voices prevail and tion to find out who are the people who
in most instances we realize that the have put together this eruption of
Constitution of the United States en- demonstrations simultaneously all over
trusts to the hands of the Chief Execu- the world. We have seen this happen
tive, the President, the responsibility for before in America whenever we have had
making these major decisions. What the Communists on the run in various
more could 'these young people in the parts of the world. We have had other
streets engaging in these demonstrations demonstrations and. there were great
know about this conflict than the Presi- movements during the fifties and the
dent of the United States, who has all early sixties. I think that the time has
of the facts at his disposal? No man come to expose the perpetrators of this.
has made a greater and more sincere ef- We should accelerate our activities in
fort to resolve this dispute in Vietnam Vietnam because indeed the policy laid
than our great President, Lyndon B. down by President Johnson clearly dem-
Johnson. He has said repeatedly that onstrates it is the policy to bring peace to
the loss of a single American life or the this troubled part of the world and secure
loss of any life in Vietnam is a national Vietnam for freedom. It would be my
tragedy. No one among us treats light- hope that these young people will stop to
ly the casualties there. There is not a consider what would happen if Vietnam
Member of this Congress on either side should fall into Communist hands.
of the aisle who would not do all in his There has been ample evidence that if
power to conclude these hostilities in the American forces would be withdrawn
Vietnam as quickly as possible. So when from Vietnam, within 24 hours this bas-
these young people take to the streets in tion of freedom would go down into
mockery of the law by burning their
draft cards, are they really. giving
strength to the foes of democracy? In
effect they are saying, "We do not have
confidence in the established order of
this republic. We know better than you
what the facts are." However, most
tragically, they are giving aid and com-
fort to an enemy who is determined and
dedicated to destroy the very freedom
,,
which guarantees these people the right 1 can just imagine now tragically sick- whether it was a legally constituted
to demonstrate in the streets. It would ening it must be to young Americans who meeting and without regard to the merits
be my hope that these professors who are risking their lives for the sake of of the legislation itself, solely because I
have been stirring these youngsters up freedom, putting their lives on the altar felt that in the spirit of fairness to other
would give some thought to the fact that of freedom in Vietnam, to hear over the Members who had not received adequate
by these demonstrations they are indeed radio, or to see on TV or read in the press notice of the meeting, the legislation
weakening the very foundation of the about the demonstrations in this country. should not be considered.
democratic process. We in this Con- This, to me, appears to be' a serious act I do not condone the manner in which
gress, the President, and our Secretary against the best interests of this country. the chairman has conducted these spe-
of State have spoken out time and again I hope that Mr. Katzenbach will move cial meetings on S. 1698. I am impressed,
in an effort to bring this dispute to the with dispatch to complete his invest!- however, that "two wrongs do not make
bargaining table. No man has tried gation. a right."
A
h
arder than Secretary of State Dean
nd I hope those participating in these
Rusk here in Washington and our am- demonstrations will recall Plato's sound
bassador to the United Nations in New advise.
York, Justice Goldberg, to try to resolve You are young, my son, and, as the years
this dispute and bring the hostilities to go by, time will change and even reverse
an end. They have made every single many of your present opinions. Refrain
offer and have really tried, but the en- therefore awhile from setting yourself up as a
emv thinks that judge of the highest matters,
h
some
ow or other they
can wear us dowt. President Johnson
said repeatedly that we are willing to sit
down at the negotiation table whenever
the opposition is ready for it.
So it seems to . me these young peo-
ple are today actually prolonging the
war. More tragically, it appears to me
BANKING AND CURRENCY
COMMITTEE MEETING
(Mr. HARVEY of Michigan asked and
was given permission to extend his re-
marks at this point in the RECORD and to
include extraneous matter.)
bank merger legislation during this ses-
sion of Congress. The bill which I in-
troduced, H.R. 7563, on April 22, 1965,
was substantially the same as the Senate
bill, S. 1698. I explained to our com-
mittee that although I was not wedded to
this particular bill as a solution to the
problem, I have felt it imperative to all
concerned that bank merger legislation
be enacted in this session of Congress.
In addition, Mr. Speaker, I joined .a
majority of the committee in a petition
to force the chairman of our committee
to call a special meeting to consider this
legislation. I have regularly attended.
these special meetings of the committee,
but it is apparent that our chairman,
who has openly expressed his opposition
to S. 1698 and the Ashley amendment
thereto, has thwarted all attempts. by a.
majority of the committee to report this.
legislation this year. In fact, it is my
personal belief that the chairman of our
committee, by his actions at these meet-
ings, actually precipitated the meeting
that was held this morning
.
time at all before the whole of southeast Thus, the meeting provided in the
Asia would be in Communist hands. So rules for the third Tuesday in the month
it is my hope that the American people was the only meeting in the time remain
in their traditional, good-mannered way ing in this session of Congress when this
will be able to impress on these young bill could be considered by a majority of
people the great damage that they are the committee. Despite my recognition
doing not only to the democratic pro- of the need for such legislation and my
cesses in this country but more import- previous support, I voted against report-
antly what they are doing to the morale ing such legislation at the meeting this
CLEVELAND SHOWS THE WAY WITH
WOMEN'S JOB CORPS CENTER
(Mr. SWEENEY asked and was given
permission to address the House for 1
minute and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. SWEENEY. Mr. Speaker, I wish
to call the attention of the House to a
very detailed article by Tom Nolan of
the Washington Daily News of Tuesday,
October 5, 1965. It describes the opera-
tion of the Cleveland Women's Job Corps
Center. I am quite familiar with. the..
operation of this Office of Economic Op-
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26536
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67BOQ446R00030014 00 9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD -BOtfSE October 19, 1966.
portunity project and I am delighted to After Initial classroom instruction they
note that it is winning some degree of receive on-the-job training in Cleveland
national recognition as a model for other businesses.
POCKET MONEY
Cities to imitate. Each girl is given $30 a month pocket
Mr. Speaker, on thousands of occa- money. Another $50 a month is put aside
signs throughout this year, the Office of for when she leaves. Of the latter, up to
Economic opportunity has been the sub- $25 can be sent home with the Government
ject of critical comment in our press. I matching this amount. Each receives a $75
am delighted to note that in this in- clothing allowance when she arrives and an-
stance, at least, recognition is being paid other later this aautumn for n board are winter cloth-
for a job being carried out quietly and No girl can remain at the center for longer
effectively, and which will in the ulti- than 2 years Most finish their training at
mate, guarantee a more realistic chance
for success and a happy life for thou-
sands of young women of America.
The article by Mr. Nolan follows:
,JOE CORPS GIVES GIRLS A BREAK FOR THE
FUTURE
(By Tom Nolan)
CLEVELAND -While its more publicized
counterparts in Los Angeles and St. Peters-
burg are reeling under charges ranging from
rowdyism to payroll padding, the Women's
Job Corp Center in Cleveland is quietly giv-
ing 325 girls a good chance for a happy life.
"Of course we've had disciplinary prob-
lems," says Mrs. Mary Chambers, director of
the center. "You're bound to have them any
place you get 300 teen-aged girls together,
and these teenagers happen to come from the
worst possible conditions."
Although there has been some drinking
and othermisconduct among the girls, disci-
pline has not been a big problem. Four
girls have been dismissed in the 5 months
the end of 1 year.
The early success of the Cleveland center
can be traced primarily to two assets: a
sound professional organization and good
community relations.
The center is under a $4 million contract
to Alpha Kappa Alpha, a national sorority
with 57 years of experience in social serv-
ice. Mrs. Chambers, a former biology pro-
fessor at Alabama A&M, is a member of the
sorority, as are most of the center's admin-
istrative staff.
LOCAL FIRMS
Cleveland businesses and civic organiza-
tions have helped out. Local firms, includ-
ing a beautician, printer and laundry, have
offered their establishments for on-the-job
training.
Through the Council of Catholic Women,
some 25 girls attend church each Sunday
with Cleveland families and are guests for
dinner afterwards. Local libraries and mu-
scums offer special orientation tours.
But it will take more than cultural en-
lightenment to train most of the girls and
the center's 96 staff members have no illu-
sions that their jobs will be easy or success-
ful. in the end.
For nearly every girl has to develop a
cerise of direction. Counselors and teachers
have found that they must become the moth-
er, father, friend and confidante that most
girls never had.
"It will take a good bit of daily counseling
to help them," says Mrs. Chambers. "Most
of them tend to downgrade their capabili-
ties because they think they are stupid.
We know we can't reach them all. But
if we can just reach half of them-or even
only 25 percent of them--we'll have done
our job."
row, October 20, 1965; to revise and
extend his remarks and to include ex-
traneous matter.
Mr. ROONEY of New York, for 10
minutes, today; to revise and extend his
remarks and to include extraneous
matter.
Mr. QtIE, for 30 minutes, today.
Mr. COHELAN (at the request of Mr.
WHITE of Texas), for 60 minutes, Octo-
ber 20, 1965; and to revise and extend his
remarks and include extraneous matter.
Mr. PATMAN, for 30 minutes, today, and
to revise and extend his remarks and in-
clude extraneous matter.
Mr. PucrNsKI, for 30 minutes, today.
Mr. HALPERN (at the request of Mr.
HALL), for 10 minutes, today; and to re-
vise and extend his remarks and include
extraneous matter.
Mr. HALPER:N (at the request of Mr.
HALL), for 10 minutes, on October 20,
1965; and to revise and extend his re-
marks and include extraneous matter.
Mr. RUMSFELD (at the request of Mr.
HALL), for 15 minutes, on Wednesday,
October 20, 1965.
Mr. RUMSFELD (at the request of Mr.
HALL), for 20 minutes, on Thursday,
October 21, 1965.
Mr. A5HBROOK (at the request of Mr.
HALL), for 40 minutes, today ; and to re-
vise and extend his remarks and include
extraneous matter and requests permis-
sion to caption two separate subjects.
the center has been open, three for failing
to observe restrictions placed on them after
unexplained absences.
MARIHUANA
The fourth girl was found to be receiving
marihuana in the mail, was turned over to
the police and then sent home. Local papers
reported the incident, but there was no
scandal.
All the girls are between 16 and 21. Some
come from broken homes, some from north-
ern slums and others from southern. rural
poverty pockets. Most of them are high
school dropouts, although several have no
more than a sixth-grade education. None
has skill enough to hold a steady job.
To most, growing up means getting mar-
ried and going on relief, or having a child
or two and going on relief. "If we didn't get
them out of where they were, they'd be on
welfare all their lives," says Mrs. Chambers.
QUIET DISTRICT
The center, formerly a Salvation Army
home for young working women, is located
in a quiet residential district. It looks like
an apartment house and it's run like a col-
lege dorm.
`2 was afraid to come," says one recent ar-
:dvaI. "I thought it would be more closed
in-like a jail." Some of the girls had never
I ad a bed of their own, Others had never
slept on sheets.
The girls enroll in the center voluntarily
and can withdraw whenever they want.
Many do-from homesickness. Of the 380
who have come to the center so far, 53 have
gone home.
Job Corps officials insist the girls must
be sent away from their homes to accomplish
the desired change in their lives.
FREEDOM
Those who remain are given 'considerable
freedom with their own time. After classes
they may go out until dark as long as they
sign out and give their destination. On
weekends they can date and boys may visit
t' em Wednesday evenings and weekends.
The girls are trained for secretarial busi-
ness and clerical work, retail sales, food
preparation and service, health and'medical
service, serving and dress designing, graphic
art skills, cleaning and laundry trades, hair
dressing, and child care.
EXTENSION OF REMARKS
By unanimous consent, permission to
extend remarks in the Appendix of the
RECORD, or to revise and extend remarks
was granted to:
Mr. ARENDS to revise and extend his re-
marks and Include an article on United
States balance-of -payments problem,
notwithstanding the cost is estimated by
the Public Printer to be $624.
Mr. BARRETT and to include extraneous
matter.
Mr. DULSKI in four instances and in
each to include extraneous matter.
Mr. WHITE of Idaho in five instances
and to include extraneous matter.
Mr. ROBERTS In two instances and to
include extraneous matter.
Mr. GROSS in two instances and to in-
clude extraneous matter.
Mr. YATES to print extraneous ma-
terial relating to urban renewal proj-
ect in Chicago, notwithstanding cost of
$598.
(The following Members (at the re-
quest of Mr. HALL) and to include
extraneous matter:)
Mr. RUMSFELD in seven instances.
Mr. MOORE in three instances.
Mr. BATES.
(The following Members (at the re-
quest of Mr. WHITE of Texas) and to in-
clude extraneous matter:)
Mr. McCARTHY in six instances.
Mr. O'HARA of Illinois in five instances.
Mr. TODD in two instances.
Mr. ANNUNZIO.
Mr. GARMATZ.
Mr. FRASER. -
Mr. BuRTox of California.
Mr. MINIsn.
Mr. O'HARA of Michigan in two in-
stances.
Mr. MILLER in five instances.
CORRECTION OF ROLLCALL
Mr. COLLIER. Mr. Speaker, on roll-
call No. 368 on October 14, I am re-
corded as not having answered to my
name. I was present and answered to
my name. I ask unanimous consent that
the permanent RECORD and Journal be
corrected accordingly.
The SPEAKER pro tempore. With-
out objection, it is so ordered.
There was no objection.
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
By unanimous consent, leave of ab-
sence was granted to Mr. THOMPSON of
New Jersey, for October 20 through
October 23, 1965, on account of official
business.
SPECIAL ORDERS GRANTED
By unanimous consent, permission to
address. the House, following the legis-
lative program and any special orders
heretofore entered, was granted to:
Mr. BRADEMAS, for 30 minutes, today.
Mr. FEICHAN, for 15 minutes, today;
to revise and extend his remarks and to
include extraneous matter.
Mr. FEIGHAN, for 15 minutes, tomor-
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 19D,,pMg9'ed For RelegQODRQ000140005-9
26321
State University, Stillwater, Okla., was essential to devices used tn.' nuclear energy this legislation is meritorious and consistent
considered, ordered to ' a third reading, research could not be obtained from domestic with prior legislation of this nature, and
read the third time, and passed. sources. recommend its enactment.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Mr. President, I "After careful Investigation the Depart- MANSFIELD. Mr. President,
meat feels that at the time the universities Mr. ask unanimous consent to have printed determined their requirements and specifica- that completes the call of the calendar.
in the RECORD an excerpt from the, re- ions for the beta-ray spectroscopic devices no
port (No. 905), explaining the purposes instruments of equivalent scientific value
of the bill. Were available from domestic sources."
There being no objection, the excerpt In the circumstances, the Committee on
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD, Finance, like the committee on Ways and
as follows: Means of the House-is-of the opinion-that
homa State University to import free of duty
a scientific instrument for its own use.
GENERAL STATEMENT
H.R. 8232 would direct the Secretary of the
Treasury to admit free of duty a mass
spectrometer-gas chromatograph for the use
of Oklahoma State University, Stillwater,
Okla.
Your committee is advised that no com-
parable instrument made in the United States
is available. The Department of Commerce
hasstated with respect to this bill:
"The instrument purchased by Oklahoma
State University is a noncommercial device,
which was designed by Dr. R. Ryhage, of
Sweden, and is being produced in that coun-
try according to Dr. Ryhage's specifications.
This is a highly specialized instrument, de-
signed for biochemical research, which com-
bines the function of a _mass spectrometer
and a gas chromatograph in a single inte-
grated apparatus. No counterpart of the
Ryhage design is available from domestic
sources."
In the circumstances, the Committee on
Finance, like the Committee on Ways and
Means of the House, is of the-opinion that
this legislation is meritorious and consistent
with prior legislation of this nature and rec-
ommends its enactment.
ISOTOPE SEPARATOR FOR PRINCE-
TON UNIVERSITY
The bill (H.R. 8272) to provide for the
free entry of an isotope separator for the
use of. Princeton University, Princeton,
N.J., was considered, ordered to a third
reading, read the third time, and passed.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Mr. President, I
ask unanimous consent to have printed
In the RECORD an excerpt from the report
(No. 906), explaining the purposes of the
bill.
There being no objection, the excerpt
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD,
as follows:
PURPOSE
The purpose of H.R. 8272 is to allow
Princeton University to import free of-duty a
scientific instrument for its own use.
GENERAL STATEMENT
H.R. 8272 would direct the Secretary of the
Treasury to admit free of duty an isotope
separator for the use of Princeton University,
Princeton, N.J., during June 1964, under New
York consumption entry 1062984, and related
articles imported at the same port in June
1964 under consumption entry 1074614.
Your committee is advised that no compa-
rable instrument made in the United States
is available. The Department of Commerce
has stated with respect to H.R. 8272 and sim-
ilar bills ordered favorably reported at the
same time (H.R. 6666 and H.R. 6906) :
"It ,is the understanding of this Depart-
ment that the instruments required by the
universities are essentially specialized beta-
ray spectroscopic devices used in nuclear 11 energy research. At the time of purchase,
instruments having the required characteris-
tics of high concentration and convertibility
witn prior legislation of this nature ana
recommends it enactment.
SHADOMASTER MEASURING PRO-
JECTOR FOR UNIVERSITY OF
SOUTH DAKOTA
The bill (H.R. 9351) to provide for the
free entry of one shadomaster measuring
projector for the use of the University of
South Dakota was considered, ordered
to a third reading, read the third time,
and passed.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Mr. President, I
ask unanimous consent to have printed
in the RECORD an excerpt from the report
(No. 907Y, explaining the purposes of the
bill.
There being no objection, the excerpt
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD,
as follows:
PURPOSE
The purpose of H.R. 9351 is to allow the
University of South Dakota to import freq
of duty a scientific instrument for its
use.
GENERAL STATEMENT
H.R. 9351 as reported would direct the Sec-
retary of the Treasury to admit free of duty
one Shadomaster measuiing projector (and
its accompanying parts and equipment) for
the use of the University of South Dakota,
and provides for the reliquidation of the
customs entry and appropriate refund of duty
in the event that the liquidation of the entry
has become final and duty paid.
The machine for which free entry is pro-
vided for by the bill is to be used by the De-
partment of Geology of the University of
South Dakota to project and to measure thin
sections of rocks and minerals.
Your committee is advised that no com-
parable machine made in the United States
is available. The Department of Commerce
has stated with respect to this bill:
"The term `Shadomaster' is a trademark
for an optical measuring projector made by
Watson, Manasty & Co., Ltd., Middlesex,
England. This type of projector is used in
meteorological work where precise, consist-
ent, and fine measurements are required. A
comparison of the specifications of the
Shadomaster with the specifications of sim-
ilar instruments manufactured in the United
States indicates that the domestic products
are not of equivalent scientific value. Both
the foreign and domestic instruments pro-
vide the same degree of linear accuracy.
However, the scope of the Shadomaster is
much greater in terms of making angular
readings, measuring diameters, and magnifi-
cation than the domestic products. These
characteristics are considered significant in
the use of such instruments.
"After careful consideration, the Depart-
ment is of the opinion that at the time the
University of South Dakota determined its
requirements and specifications for an opti-
cal measuring projector, no instrument of
equivalent scientific value was available from
domestic producers of this instrument."
In the circumstances the Committee on
Finance, like the Committee on Ways and
Means of the House, is of the opinion that
COMMITTEE MEETINGS DURING
SENATE SESSION
On request of Mr. MANSFIELD, and by
unanimous consent, the Committee on
Public Works and the Employment and
Manpower Subcommittee of the Com-
mittee on Labor and Public Welfare were
authorized to meet during the session
of the Senate today.
LIMITATION ON STATEMENTS DUR-
ING TRANSACTION OF ROUTINE
MORNING BUSINESS
On request of Mr. MANSFIELD, and by
unanimous consent, statements during
the transaction of routine morning busi-
ness were ordered limited to 3 minutes.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Mr. President, I
ask unanimous consent to violate the
order limiting statements during routine
morning business to 3 minutes, and to
proceed for an additional 3 minutes.
The VICE PRESIDENT. Without ob-
jection, the request of the Senator is
IETNAM: LEAKS FROM ANONY-
MOUS OFFICIAL SOURCES
Mr. MANSFIELD. Mr. President,
stories attributed to unnamed "U.S. offi-
cials" have been appearing in the press,
to the effect that the war in Vietnam
does not necessarily have to end in a
negotiated. settlement. The unnamed
officials Rant to be sure, apparently,
that the public understands that there is
an alternative to negotiations. What
these officials suggest, as the alternative,
amounts to a total military solution, with
the Vietcong being driven into a state
of nonexistence.
This thesis is valid as a basis for col-
lege discussion. It is valid as a subject
for consideration in the classified
recesses of the Executive branch of the
Government. It is not valid, however,
as a "leak" from anonymous official
sources, leaving the strong impression
that the policy of seeking negotiations is
all but abandoned and we are about to
adopt a new one. Indeed, one newspaper
carried a banner headline on the basis of
this leak: "U.S. Now Sees Vietnam Vic-
tory by Force of Arms." The impression
left by the story is clear: It is that the
doctrine of "unconditional negotiations"
is about to be replaced by the doctrine
of unconditional triumph as official
policy. Whether that is accurate or not,
is beside the point. Whether it is a
practical possibility is beside the point.
The point is that official United States
policy on Vietnam, as enunciated time
and again by the President, is and re-
mains one of seeking an honorable nego-
tiated end to the conflict as quickly as
possible. The President's policy-and it
is the only official policy of this Govern-
ment-is not to prove the theoretical
possibility that a war of attrition without
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26322
Approved ~~ a g1 (O F3QI~ ,R46R0003001J9PJW 19, 1965
.negotiation can end in a triumph in 1,
5, 10, or 15 years.
The point is, too, that It is not college
students or professors without responsi-
bility for official policy who are advanc-
ing this concept; it is not the press or po-
litical leaders out of office and without
official responsibilities; it Is not the Rep-
resentatives or Senators, who have inde-
pendent constitutional responsibilities,
who are discussing this alternative pol-
icy. Rather, it is anonymous "U.S. offi-
cials" who can have no responsibilities
except official responsibilities In these
matters; it is U.S. officials who are not
privileged to speak on policy outside of
the walls of the Executive branch except
as they express the official policy of the
United States as enunciated by the Presi-
dent and under his direction, and with
his approval. For them to speak other-
wise, even anonymously, is to Imply
strongly that the President of the United
States so thinks.
Now, it is true that these official
sources were at pains to make it clear
that they support the President's policy
of seeking an end to the Vietnamese con-
flict by negotiations, even as they ad-
vance an alternative approach of a solu-
tion by attrition. Well, if they are sup-
porting the President's policy, why do
they insist upon remaining unnamed?
Why, then, do they hesitate to attach
their names to that which they are dis-
cussing with the press?
Indeed, who are these official but un-
narned sources? As one Senator, I would
like to know in order to estimate the
significance of the story, in order to know
what to tell my constituents when they
inquire as to the Nation's policies re-
specting Vietnam. Are these officials in
the White House? Are they in the De-
fense Department? The State Depart-
ment? The CIA? Or are they scattered
throughout the executive branch? Is it
the head of a department who advances
this new concept of Vietnamese policy?
Or is it a chairwarmer at a southeast
Asia desk somewhere or a guard at the
front door of the Pentagon or the State
Department?
Whoever they may be, one thing is cer-
tain about these unnamed official sources.
They are most irresponsible sources, In
a situation in which the utmost of re-
sponsibility is vital, and I use the word
vital, rarely and most advisedly. Here,
we have almost 150,000 men in Vietnam;
the number is going up steadily and the
end is not yet in sight. The President
has made it clear, not once but a dozen
times, that he seeks an end to the Viet-
namese conflict through negotiations,
and that negotiations as soon as possible
are in the interest of this Nation and of
all concerned. That is his policy; that
is U.S. official policy-period.
In these circumstances, for an un-
named official source to engage in an
idle discussion-if that is what it was-
of an alternative policy of triumph by
attrition, is, to say the least, a breach of
trust. With the President in the hospi-
tal it is, indeed, an inexcusable breach of
trust.
So I would say to these anonymous offi-
cials: You are appointed officials of this
Government. Your function is not to
speculate to the press on the President's
policy. Much less is it your function to
advance publicly alternatives to his poli-
ties, even under the anonymous cloak of
"official sources." Your function is to
advise the President and carry out, in
good faith, foreign policies which he
makes in accord with constitutional
processes. Any other course, particu-
larly in the critical Vietnamese situation,
is an invitation to a lengthening of the
casualty lists, to the most serious diffi-
culties and division at home and to dis-
aster in our relations with the rest of the
world.
That ought to be understood without
the saying by every appointed official of
the Government. The recent rash of
anonymous official speculation on Viet-
nam, however, makes It clear that it
needs to be said.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous con-
sent to have printed in the RECORD, nine
excerpts from the President's statement
to the press on July 28, 1965, articles and
editorials on this subject.
There being no objection, the material
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD,
as follows:
I
Second, once the Communists know,..as we
know, that a violent solution is impossible,
then a peaceful solution is inevitable. We
are ready now, as we have always been, to
move from the battlefield to the conference
table.
I have stated publicly and many times,
again and again, America's willingness to be-
gin unconditional discussions with any Gov-
ernment at any place at any time.
Fifteen efforts have been made to start
these discussions, with the help of 40 na-
tions throughout the world. But there has
been no answer. But we are going to con-
tinue to persist, if persist we must, until
death and desolation have led to the same
conference table where others could now join
us at a much smaller cost.
a
2
I have spoken many times of our objec-
tives in Vietnam. So has the Government
of South Vietnam. Hanoi has set forth its
awn proposals. We are ready to discuss
their proposals and our proposals and any
proposals of any Government whose people
may be affected, for we fear the meeting
room no more than we fear the battlefield.
And In this pursuit we welcome, and- we ask
for the concern and the assistance of any
nation and all nations.
3
And if the United Nations and its officials
or any one of its 114 members can by deed
or word, private initiative or public action,
bring us nearer an honorable peace, then
they will have the support and gratitude of
the United States of America.
s ? r r ?
4
I've directed Ambassador Goldberg to go to
New York today and to present immediately
to Secretary General U Thant a letterfrom
me requesting that an the resources and the
energy and the immense prestige of the
'United Nations be employed to find ways to
halt aggression and to bring peace in Viet-
nam.
5
But we insist and we will always insist that
the people of South Vietnam shall have the
right of choice, the right to shape their own
destiny In free elections in the South or
throughout all Vietnam under international
supervision, and they shall not have any
Government imposed upon there by force
and terror so long as we can prevent it.
As I just said, I hope that every member
of the United Nations that has any idea or
any plan, any program, any suggestion, that
they will not let them go unexplored.
7
And as I have said so many times, if anyone
questions our good faith and will ask us to
meet them to try to reason this matter out,
they will find us at theappointed place, the
appointed time and the proper Chair.
s s ? a ?
A. I have made very clear in my San Fran-
cisco speech my hope that the Secretary
General under his wise leadership would ex-
plore every possibility that might lead to
a solution of this matter. In my letter to
the Secretary General this morning which
Ambassador Goldberg will deliver later in
the day, I reiterate my hopes and my desires
and I urge upon him that he-if he agrees-
that he undertake new efforts in this direc-
tion.
Ambassador Goldberg understands the
challenge. We spent the weekend talking
about the potentialities and the possibilities,
our hopes and our dreams, and I believe
that we will have an able advocate and a
searching negotiator who, I would hope,
could someday find success.
* 4 ? R t
A. We have stated time and time again
that we would negotiate with any Govern-
ment, any time, any place. The Vietcong
would have no difficulty in being represent-
ed and having their views presented if Hanoi
for a moment decides that she wants to cease
aggression, and I would not think that would
be an insurmountable problem, at all. I
think that could be worked out.
[From the St. Louis (Mo.) Post-Dispatch,
Oct. 17, 19651
STRATEGY CHANGE IN VIETNAM BELIEF GROW-
rxa THAT LARGE-SCALE U.S. EFFORT MAY
SUCCEED SOON
(By Richard Dudman)
WASHINGTON, October 16.-The outlines of
a new strategy in Vietnam are emerging as
the influx of massive American military
strength begins to take effect.
In its simplest terms, the new strategy
calls for the use of large amounts of Ameri-
can men and guns to win a military victory
in the south.
Some spectacular successes have changed
the official atmosphere from the pessimism
of 6 months ago, when the American effort
faced imminent military defeat, to a growing
conviction that the back of the insurgency
can be broken in the foreseeable future,
possibly within months.
Even the failures have helped promote the
emerging strategy. The lesson many plan-
ners drew this week, when 2,000 Vietcong
slipped out of a trap sprung by combined
American and South Vietnamese forces, was:
Secrecy is better kept when the Americans go
it alone.
The successes have strengthened the posi-
tion of the so-called war hawks--those who
never had much use for "special warfare"
and counterinsurgency techniques, who
wanted to bomb North Vietnam or even
China years ago, who have regretted Presi-
dent Lyndon B. Johnson's offers to negotiate,
and who believe that peace talks now would
lead to a neutralist South Vietnam instead
of the anti-Communist bastion they see as a
possibility.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 194koi g fed For RelqMS@MA I* Dt 300140005-9
The ".relatively benign policy of counterin-
surgency" must be put aside for the time
being, in the words of a policy paper being
circulated . at high levels in the adminis-
tration,
As reliance on armed force increases, less
is heard about, the winning of the hearts and
minds of the population.
Officials no longer are reluctant to talk
about American use of napalm, tear gas, and
crop-destroying aerial sprays. Six months
ago, if they were discussed at all it was to
emphasize how little they were being used.
Despite efforts to avoid injuring civilians
in the fight against the Vietcong, women
and children and old men are inevitably
among the victims of a war fought increas-
ingly with heavy bombs and artillery.
A new defense of this strategy is being
heard in Washington. Critics are being as-
sured that surveys of civilian populations
subjected to air attacks show that they
blame the war in general for their suffering
rather than the particular nation that Is
doing the bombing.
One student of civilian behavior, arguing
in support of the enlarged war in Vietnam,
contends that the rape of a single Vietnamese
woman, by an American soldier causes far
more resentment against the United States
than does the destruction of an entire vil-
lage.
Less is heard, too, about a negotiated set-
tlement. When the outlook was black, the
administration was nagging potential go-
betweens in Communist and neutralist coun-
tries to try to persuade North Vietnam to
come to the conference table.
Now that the military situation appears
brighter, officials are emphasizing that ne-
gotiation with the Communists is not the
only likely solution.
Officials pointed out this week that the
problem could also be solved by an unan-
nounced slowing down of North Vietnamese
assistance and Vietcong activity in the south.
The outcome thus need not follow the pat-
tern of the Indochina war or the Algerian
revolution, with their formal peace talks
between the insurgents and the French. In-
stead, it could follow the examples of Greece
and the Philippines after World War II,
when both nations successfully resisted Com-
munist-led insurgencies.
In Greece, the officials pointed out, the
Communists simply were worn down and
eventually retreated into Bulgaria. The im-
plication was that the Communist-led forces
in South Vietnam might be worn down
eventually and caused to retreat into North
Vietnam.
President Johnson has by no means bought
the entire hard line. He has not accepted
the formula attributed to the new Director
of the Central Intelligence Agency, William
F. Raborn, -Jr.-"a Rotterdam policy in the
north and a Dominican policy in the south."
Reborn is said to have explained that this
meant saturation bombing of Hanoi and
sending into South Vietnam five times as
many troops as seemed necessary.
Bombers attacking the north have kept
clear of the Hanoi area, where there would
be a chance of direct military confrontation
with the Soviet Union. Russian-built mis-
siles, which are concentrated around the
North Vietnamese capital, have shot down
five American planes in the last 4 months.
The American troop buildup has reached
145,000 and is expected to reach 200,000
eventually. Some military leaders speak of
a million-man American force, but others
scoff at that figure. American troops in the
Korean war numbered about 250,000.
A measure of the buildup is the weekly
casualty figure. Fifty-eight Americans were
No. 195-2
killed in, action in Vietnam last week. Total
American casualties, rose to 806 hostile
deaths, 309 nonhostile deaths, 4,259 wounded
in action, 76 missing in action, and 21 de-
tained by the enemy.
Strategists generally avoid the term "vic-
tory," although in recent weeks that is clearly
what some of them have had in mind.
They base their present optimism on the
apparent ability of the increased manpower
and firepower to defeat the Vietcong any
time the Reds stand still for a fight in regi-
mental or division strength. The war had
been going in the direction of big-unit en-
gagements, and the South Vietnamese Army
was in serious, trouble until bolstered by
American combat troops.
The immediate task, therefore, is to pound
and kill and harry the Vietcong's main force
until it gives up or, more likely, breaks up
into small guerrilla bands to continue the
fighting without affording a good target.
Once the Vietcong have been forced to
return to guerrilla warfare, it is thought
here, the insurgency will be close to defeat.
The shift will mean breaking up elaborate
supply lines for weapons and supplies, going
back to using homemade or captured Ameri-
can arms, and, worst of all, admitting to the
Vietcong rank-and-file that there will not be
a quick victory after all.
The strategy paper mentioned earlier says
that there are three possible outcomes from
the American, point of view-defeat, a stale-
mate, or victory. It says that a stalemate
would be the hardest to achieve. The impli-
cation is that victory should be the goal.
One policymaker who holds that view
makes the further point that victory is
possible once the United States has forced
the Vietcong to return to guerrilla warfare.
He reasons that guerrilla wars invariably
are won or lost, that they never end In a
draw. A ceasefire would mean that the Viet-
cong would promptly lose all the gray areas,
the territory where it can operate but can-
not make a permanent stand. The reason,
he says, is that the Vietnamese Army would
use a ceasefire to clean out any guerrillas
remaining in such areas.
Those who see the new strategy in these
terms contend that progress cannot be meas-
ured merely in enemy casualties. They call
an operation a success even if it results in
few Vietcong bodies, because the objective
is not so much to kill the enemy as to harass
him and prove to him that his war is un-
profitable.
They insist also that the bombing of North
Vietnam is hurting the Hanoi regime seri-
ously and must be continued with no letup.
This analysis rests on some broad assump-
tions, which may or may not stand up.
It assumes that the Vietcong lack the re-
siliency to return to guerrilla warfare and go
on effectively with the kind of fighting that
took the British 10 years ,to suppress in
Malaya.
It assumes also that American power-
planes crisscrossing the country and bombs
pounding guerrilla hiding places-can make
a country almost as big as Missouri an im-
possible place to operate.
On the political side, it assumes that the
government of Gen. Nguyen Cao Ky, the
chief of the Vietnamese air force, repre-
sents a new breed of leaders, able at last to
inspire the people with a revolutionary spirit
that will unify them in the fight.
Finally, this analysis assumes that favor-
able results will come very soon. President
Johnson would find it embarrassing to go to
the country seeking reelection in 1968 with
-a stalemated war still on his hands, and the
ever-larger conflict could well be an issue in
the congressional elections next year.
26323
[From the Baltimore (Md.) Sun, Oct. 15,
1965]
UNITED STATES NOW SEES VIETNAM VIC-
TORY BY FORCE of ARMS-TRoops PULL
BACK AFTER OFFENSIVES-DRAFT CALL
RISES-WASHINGTON SUGGESTS A NEGO-
TIATED TRUCE IS NOT ONLY SOLUTION-
MILITARY DEFEAT OF VIETCONG SIMILAR TO
THAT SUFFERED BY REDS IN GREECE
Is PICTURE: REBEL AREA REPORTEDLY
NEUTRALIZER,
ToYKO, October 14.-Chen Yi, Red China's
Foreign Minister, has declared his country
will not seek a compromise with the United
States and will struggle until America is
defeated.
"China with her 650 million people has
the courage to run risks in order to thorough-
ly defeat U.S. imperialism," he said, "to seek
compromise with U.S. imperialism instead
of opposing it would be to end up as shame-
fully as the Chiang Kai-shek [of National-
ist China] reactionaries and the Khrushchev
revisionists."
POLICY
(By Albert Sehistedt, Jr.)
WASHINGTON, October 14.-U.S. officials
said today that a solution to the Vietnam
situation could come about not only through
negotiations but also by a gradual reduc-
tion of Communist guerrilla aggression.
This observation suggested that the com-
bined military strength of the United States,
South Vietnam, and their allies could reduce
the power of the Vietcong to a level of Inef-
fectiveness.
Officials pointed out that there had been
some discussion in the press which left an
impression that negotiation with the Com-
munists would be the only likely solution
to the Vietnam problem.
SIMILAR SITUATIONS RECALLED
Today, these officials said it was important
to keep in mind that there was another way
to solve the problem, which would come
about by a reduction in the efforts of the
Vietcong to subvert South Vietnam.
Such was the case in Greece and the
Philippines after World War II when both
nations successfully resisted Communist in-
surgents' efforts to seize control.
In Greece, for example, the Communists
were simply worn down and eventually re-
treated into Bulgaria.
So, too, It was implied today, the Commu-
nist guerrillas in South Vietnam might be
worn down eventually and retreat into North
Vietnam or other parts of Asia controlled by
the Reds.
NEGOTIATIONS STILL SOUGHT
However, officials here emphasized that the
United States is still anxious to negotiate
in Vietnam and is not leaning toward a more
militant approach to a solution of the south-
east Asian affair.
These officials also made it clear that the
United States is in a much better position
to negotiate than it had been in the past.
American strength in South Vietnam has
reached 145,000, the draft is being greatly
increased at home and selected National
Guard and Reserve units totaling 150,000
men are being brought to an increased state
of readiness.
Furthermore, the expected monsoon offen-
sive of the Vietcong has been blunted this
summer. It had been feared that the gueril-
las, taking advantage of bad flying weather
for American aircraft, would mount large-
scale attacks against South Vietnamese and
American defenses.
While the failure of this expected offensive
is encouraging, U.S. officials made it clear
that the defeat of the guerrilla force, num-
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26324
Approved Fe6ftT?%2 AL0/afC8W P 71Q% 46R0003001J 99Re 19, 1965
bering perhaps 230,000 men, is far from
achievement.
Pacification of the countryside is the ob-
Jecti.ve, and no extensive area of South Viet-
nam, under Vietcong control has yet been
pacified.
Pacification is defined as putting a power-
ful allied force in a Vietcong area for that
length of time that would be required to
reinstitute the economy of the region, and
assure the safety of the people to such a
degree that the military units could then
move out.
That kind of operation is not only ambi-
tious but requires cooperation with other ele-
ments of the Government to build up the
faith of the people in the Saigon regime to
the extent that those people believe the
Government is capable of protecting them
against the Vietcong.
Such a result Is not achieved in a day or
a week.
[From the New York Times, Oct. 17, 1965]
THE WomLD: VIETNAM BALANCE SHEET
Optimism has always been more preva-
lent-and far more popular-than pessimism
among the American community in Viet-
nam. Yet there have been many signs that
the long-range trend of the war against the
Oonamumsts has been inexorably unfavor-
able and that short-term, present trends
should be viewed within that context.
In 1962, for example, the regular "hard
core" Vietcong guerrilla force was estimated
at about 18,000 men. Today it is estimated
at about 75,000 men.
I:a April of 1963 American generals were
saying that the war would be won within a
year, and by late summer Defense Secretary
Robert McNamara said that all American
troops could be withdrawn by the end of
1965.
In early 1964 the Americans chose to make
populous Longan Province, just south of
Saigon, amodel or test case of anti-Commu-
nist pacification methods. The program has
since been shelved and the Vietcong are still
strong In Longan. Pacification is what one
American calls the "nasty, gutty business"
of securing a territory from which the Viet-
cong are dislodged and making sure they
do not filter back as strong as ever.
The present military trends, on the other
hand, are unquestionably favorable. Be-
tween December of last year and June of
this year the Vietcong had staged at least
a dozen regimental-sized attacks. But with
the arrival of more and more American troops,
and improved morale and performance of
South Vietnamese forces, the Vietcong have
become much more cautious and have seldom
massed in regiments.
U.S. strength in South Vietnam now is
nearly 145,000 men (an increase of 115,000
since President Johnson first made his "un-
conditional discussions" offer last April) and
is expected to jump to 200,000 by the end of
the year.. As part of its general build up of
the Armed Forces as a consequence of the
Vietnam commitment, the Defense Depart-
ment last week ordered a military draft
call of 45,224 men for December, the biggest
quota since the Korean war.
The technology and skill of American air
power have neutralized most Vietnamese
Government mistakes and penalized most
Vietcong attempts at aggressive action.
However, in recent weeks there have also
been a few disturbing factors. In one 4-day
period the Vietcong staged' three ambushes
of American units, and while all three were
small affairs and while the Americans gen-
erally reacted well, the guerrillas showed that
this favorite trick against South Vietnamese
troops could work against Americans, too.
Three weeks ago the Vietcong did mass in
regimental size In Binhdinh Province, in
central South Vietnam, and began a battle
which has raged off and on ever since. Per-
haps as many as five battalions of crack
troops came out to fight despite the threat
of air power and huge allied task forces.
The difficulties of pinning down the Viet-
cong were evident in the Binhdinh opera-
tions last week. For 5 days 8,000 Americans
and at least 4,000 Government troops--de-
scribed as the biggest United States-Viet-
namese ground assault force of the war-
pursued a large Vietcong unit and a regular
North Vietnamese Army regiment said to
be in Suaica Valley. But by the time the
allied force swept through the area the North
Vietnamese were nowhere to be seen and
most of the Vietcong had slipped into the
hills. Only a small number of guerrillas
were reported killed.
Assessments of how badly the Vietcong
have been hurt in recent weeks depend on
how literally casualty estimates issued by of-
ficials in Saigon are taken. Though there is
little doubt that the Vietcong have suffered
serious losses, a senior and well-informed
source said, "We think they have been able
to reconstitute most of those losses within
South Vietnam"-that is, through new re-
cruitment and conscription rather than pri-
marily through mass infiltration of new
units of the North Vietnamese regular army.
An optimistic appraisal by an expert is that
it will take at least a year of continued
American military initiatives before the Viet-
cong will be hurt enough to allow a "real"
rural pacification program to begin, and that
such a program will take at least 2 years
before its succeeds.
Accordingly, while recent political trends
have been favorable, they are so only in a
relative, limited sense. Prime Minister
Nguyen Cao Ky, the 35-year-old commander
of the air force, has increasingly impressed
American officials with his ability, candor,
and intellectual honesty. There is no sign
of distintegration in the present military
government.
As for prospects for a negotiated settle-
ment, nothing in the present situation offers
much realistic hope. One student of North
Vietnam commented that the revolutionary
heroes of the Hanoi regime remain stubbornly
convinced that the methods and principles
which defeated the French in Indochina
will again prevail.
This view seemed to be borne out by the
negative results of Washington's intensive
10-week diplomatic effort to draw the Com-
munists to the conference table. Hanoi was
reported last week to have shown no inter-
est whatsoever in third-party soundings to
the effect that the Johnson administration
was interested in a tacit or explicit agree-
ment to reduce the fighting. The adminis-
tration was said to be virtually resigned to
failure of the peace offensive, and many of-
ficials in Washington now believe a long
and costly military campaign is necessary
before diplomats can try again.
[From the Christian Science Monitor,
Oct. 15, 19651
THE LONG ROAD
The only limited success won by the Amer-
ican-South Vietnamese attempt to trap a
large body of Communist elite troops con-
tains a hard but probably needed lesson.
The fact that most of the North Vietnamese
force was able to slip away from so formid-
able and elaborate a trap is a reminder that
no early and decisive military victory can be
expected.
True, the situation in Vietnam is gratify-
ingly better today than most observers
thought possible 6 months ago. The mon-
soon season passed without the dreaded Viet-
cong victory and a South Vietnamese defeat.
It is apparent, however, that, although im-
proved, the situation is still far from ideal.
The jungles, paddies, swamps, and fields of
South Vietnam swarm with tough, dedicated,
ably trained guerrillas. Some of these oper-
ate in small groups of a half-dozen or so.
Others exist in battalion and perhaps even
regimental strength. They are supported by
a network of local sympathizers and spies who
provide them with eyes everywhere.
Thus, to date, little more has been achieved
than to blunt the Vietcong-North Viet-
namese effort to move from guerrilla to open
warfare. The Communist guerrilla poten-
tial remains high. So, to a considerable
degree, the situation is merely back to where
it was a few years ago.
It may not, of course, stay there. Ameri-
can military might is so stupendous-even
when utilized under such difficult conditions
as jungle warfare-that it is difficult to be-
lieve that it will not be able to overbear any
conceivable resistance.
Yet, even at best, such a military victory
would be a long and costly task. And it is
well for the American people to realize this
fact. The United States can take satisfac-
tion that it has well begun the hard task of
helping save a small and doughty ally from
Communist aggression. But in this sentence
the operative word is begun.
Perhaps the greatest hope still resides in
the possibility that both North Vietnam and
the Vietcong will slowly but surely be
brought to see that victory cannot be theirs.
If the road before Washington and Saigon is
still long and hard, it is even more so before
both Hanoi and the Vietcong. It is because
of this that Washington should be inde-
fatigable in offering peace and in encourag-
ing the United Nations to seek means of
bringing all concerned to the negotiation
table.
Mr. LAUSCHE. Mr. President, I com-
mend the majority leader for his very
forceful statement condemning the prac-
tice of persons making vital statements
concerning the Nation and asking that
they be referred to as "unidentified" or
"unnamed" officials. There is no more
sinister method of poisoning the minds of
citizens than the technique of "it is offi-
cially reported" but the official involved
is not willing to be named.
I commend the Senator for speaking
out on this subject. It is idle for me to
say that the time is at hand when we
should begin to worry about the security
of our country, if ever it was necessary,
and to speak the truth and allow the
public to know who the persons are mak-
ing these condemnations so that the peo-
ple can evaluate the reliability or the
credibility of the officials to whom the
statements are attributed.
I am sure that there is not a single
Member of the Senate who has not been
through the ordeal of being referred to
by unidentified sources.
What kind of proof is that? Yet, that
is the kind of material which is being
fed to the people of the Nation. We must
not tolerate it any longer.
Yesterday, I pointed out that there was
in my office a Lieutenant Kapelka who
was summoned to go to South Vietnam.
There he sat, in front of me, approxi-
mately 28 years old. He said, "I have
no hesitation in going to Vietnam. I am
prepared to go, but I cannot stand the
denunciations and the demonstrations
fussed, the inflow of American military
strength helped reverse the trend of war so which are endangering the lives of our
strikingly that the monsoon season actually soldiers and sailors in southeast Asia."
turned into a period of unusually heavy Com- The Senator from Georgia [Mr.
munist losses. RUSSELL] made a statement that these
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 1944a ed For ReIgM A AEIg 1M 001 00140005-9
beatniks and demonstrators, many of
them innocently led by skillful Commu-
nists, do not know what they are doing.
They are probably putting a noose
around. their own necks. Certainly they
are endangering the lives of our men in
southeast Asia who will have to engage in
protracted fighting because the North
Vietnamese, the Red Chinese and the
Russians will feel, "We have them on the
run. Demonstrations are occurring in
Washington, Chicago, Los Angeles, and
Berkeley, which means that they do not
have the will to defend their Nation."
Of course, that is exactly what it
means.
I again congratulate the Senator from
Montana on the fine leadership he has
displayed yesterday and today on this
subject.
ENROLLED BILLS SIGNED
The VICE PRESIDENT announced
that he signed the following enrolled
bills, which had previously been signed
by the Speaker of the House of Repre-
sentatives.
On Monday, October 18, 1965:
H.R.5457. An act for the relief of Maria
del Rosario de Fatima Lopez Hayes;
H.R. 5554. An act for the relief of Mary
Frances Crabbs;
H.R. 5904. An act for the relief of Nam le
Kim;
H.R. 6229. An act for the relief of Kim
Sun Ho;
H.R. 6235. An act for the relief of Chun
Soo Kim;
H.R. 6819. An act for the relief of Dr.
Oihan Metin Ozmat;
H.R. 7707. An act to authorize the ap-
pointment of crier-law clerks by district
judges;
H.R. 7888. An act providing for the exten-
sion of patent No. D-119,187;
H.R. 8350. An act for the relief of the suc-
cessors in interest of Cooper Blyth and Grace
Johnston Blyth otherwise Grace McCloy
Blyth;
H.R. 8457. Ali act for the relief of Robert
G. Mikulecky;
H.R.9220, An act making appropriations
for certain civil functions administered
by the Department of Defense, and Panama
Canl.l, certain agencies of the Department
of the Interior, the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion, the Saint Lawrence Seaway Develop-
ment Corporation, the Tennessee Valley Au-
thority, the Delaware River Basin Commis-
sion, and the Interoceanic Canal Commis-
sion, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1966,
and for other purposes; and
H.R.9521. An act for the relief of Clar-
ence Earl Davis.
On Tuesday, October 19, 1965:
H.R. 1311. An act for the relief of Joseph
J, McDevitt;
H.R. 1319. An act for the relief of Joseph
Durante;
H.R. 1409, An act for the relief of Louis
W. Hann;
H.R. 1644. An act for the relief of 1st Lt.
Robert B. Gann and others;
H.R. 1836. An act for the relief of Con-
stantinos Agganis;
H.R.2005. An act for the relief of Miss
Gloria Seborg;
H.R.2285. An act for the relief of Mrs.
Concetta Cioffl Carson;
H.R. 2557. An act for the relief of Frank
Simms;
H.R. 2757. An act for the relief of Maria
Alexandroq Siagris;
HR-2853. An act to amend title 17,
United States Code, with relation to the
fees to be charged;
26325
H.R. 3288. An act for the relief of Hwang duction by brokers of certain costs and ex-
Tai Shik; penses from rental collections on properties
H.R. 3515. An act for the relief of Mary acquired under the veterans' loan programs
Ann Hartmann; (with an accompanying paper); to the Com-
H.R. 3669. An act for the relief of Emilia mittee on Finance.
Majka; REPORT ON DISPOSAL OF FOREIGN EXCESS
H.R. 3770. An act for the relief of certain PROPERTY
individuals employed by the Department of
the Navy at the Pacific Missile Range, Point A letter from the Acting Administrator,
Mugu, Calif.; Federal Aviation Agency, Washington, D.C.,
H.R. 4078. An act for the relief of William reporting, pursuant to law, on the disposal
L. Minton; of foreign excess property, during fiscal year
Anagnostopoulos A letter from the Secretary of the Interior,
Hgn stop ul act for the relief of Alton G. transmitting a draft of proposed legislation
.R. 4203. An Edwards; to provide for the popular election of the
Hadjichristofas, Aphrodite Hadiichristoias, - ~~~ . u~ -Ii-eying paper); to the Com-
mittee on Interior and Insular Affairs.
and Paniote Hadjichristofas; REPORT ON FINAL SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS OF
H.R. 5167. An act to amend title 38 of the CERTAIN INDIANS
United States Code to authorize the admin-
istrative settlement of tort claims arising in A letter from the Chief Commissioner,
foreign countries, and for other purposes; Indian Claims Commission, Washington,
and D.C., reporting, pursuant to law, on the final
H.R. 9526. An act for the relief of Raffaella settlement of the claims of certain Indians
Achill). (with accompanying papers); to the Com-
mittee on Interior and Insular Affairs.
REPORT ON TORT CLAIMS PAID BY U.S.
APPOINTMENTS BY THE INFORMATION AGENCY
VICE PRESIDENT A letter from the Director, U.S. Informa-
The VICE PRESIDENT. Pursuant to tion Agency, Washington, D.C., transmitting,
Senate Resolution 145, the Chair ap- byr the Agency, during fiscal year 1965 (with
points the following Senators as members an accompanying report) ; to the Commit-
of a delegation to attend parliamentary tee, on the Judiciary.
conferences at Tokyo and New Delhi, to REPORT ON VISA PETITIONS APPROVED ACCORD-
be held from November 24 to December ING FIRST PREFERENCE TO CERTAIN ALIENS
21: WAYNE MORSE, Chairman; FRANK J. A letter from the Commissioner, Immigra-
LAUSCHE; FRANK CHURCH; QUENTIN N. tion and Naturalization Service, Department
BURDICK; ALAN BIBLE; B. EVERETT JOR- of Justice, transmitting, pursuant to law,
DAN; WINSTON L. PROUTY; and PETER H. reports concerning visa petitions approved
DOMINICK, according the beneficiaries of such petitions
EXECUTIVE COMMUNICATIONS,
ETC.
The VICE PRESIDENT laid before the
Senate the following letters, which were
referred as indicated:
REPORT ON REAPPORTIONMENT OF AN
APPROPRIATION
A letter from the Director, Bureau of the
Budget, Executive Office of the President,
reporting, pursuant to law, that the appro-
priation to the Department of Commerce for
"Salaries and expenses, Coast and Geodetic
Survey," for the fiscal year 1966, had been
apportioned on a basis which indicates the
necessity for a supplemental estimate of ap-
propriation; to the Committee on Appropri-
ations.
REPORT ON FINAL SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS OF
CERTAIN INDIANS
A letter from the Chief Commissioner, In-
dian Claims Commission, Washington, D.C.,
reporting, pursuant to law, on the final
settlement of the claims of certain Indians,
which (with accompanying papers); to the
Committee on Appropriations.
REPORT ON PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS OF EMER-
GENCY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT
A. letter from the Director of Civil Defense,
Department of the Army, reporting, pursuant
to law, on property acquisitions of emergency
supplies and equipment, for the quarter
ended September 30, 1965; to the Commit-
tee on Armed Services.
DEDUCTION OF CERTAIN COSTS FROM RENTAL
COLLECTIONS ON PROPERTY ACQUIRED UNDER
VETERANS' LOAN PROGRAMS
A letter from the Administrator of Vet-
erans' Affairs, Veterans' Administration,
Washington, D.C., transmitting a draft of
proposed legislation to authorize the Ad-
ministrator of Veterans' Affairs to permit de-
first preference classification to certain aliens
(with accompanying papers); to the Com-
mittee on the Judiciary.
CONVENTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF
INTERNATIONAL LABOR ORGANIZATION
A letter from the Assistant Secretary for
Congressional Relations, Department of
State, transmitting, for the information of
the Senate, conventions and recommenda-
tions adopted by the International Labor
Conference, at Geneva on July 8, 1964 (with
accompanying papers) ; to the Committee
on Labor and Public Welfare.
DISPOSITION OF EXECUTIVE PAPERS
A letter from the Archivist of the United
States, transmitting, pursuant to law, a list
of papers and documents on the files of
several departments and agencies of the Gov-
ernment which are not needed in the conduct
of business and have no permanent value or
historical interest, and requesting action
looking to their disposition (with accom-
panying papers) ; to a Joint Select Commit-
tee on the Disposition of Papers in the
Executve Departments.
The VICE PRESIDENT appointed Mr.
MONRONEY and Mr. CARLSON members of
the committee on the part of the Senate.
REPORTS OF COMMITTEES
The following reports of committees
were submitted:
By Mr. BARTLETT, from the Committee
on Commerce, with amendments:
S. 2471. A bill to improve and clarify cer-
tain laws of the Coast Guard (Rept. No.
911).
By Mr. PASTORE, from the Committee on
Appropriations, with amendments:
H.R.11588. An act making supplemental
appropriations for the fiscal year ending June
30, 1966, and for other purposes (Rept. No.
912).
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26326
Approved CONGRFSSIQN/01~?~ RD 5 R 46R000300'69P 5ep 19, 1965
REPORT OF JOINT COMMITTEE ON
REDUCTION OF NONESSENTIAL
FEDERAL EXPENDITURES-FED-
ERAL EMPLOYMENT AND PAY
Mr. BYRD of Virginia. Mr. President,
as chairman of the Joint Committee on
Reduction of Nonessential Federal Ex-
penditures, I submit a report on Federal
employment and pay for the month of
August 1965. In accordance with the
practice of several years' standing, I ask
unanimous consent to have the report
printed in the RECORD, together with a
statement by me.
There being no objection, the report
and statement were ordered to be printed
in the RECORD, as follows:
Agencies exclusive of Department
of Defense -----------------------
Department of Defense------------
I nside the United States___________
--------
Outside the United States ________
Industrial employment____________
Civilian personnel in executive
branch
Payroll (in thousands) in executive
branch
In August
numbered
In July
numbered
Increase
(+) or de-
crease (-)
In July
was--
In June
was-
Increase
(+) or de-
crease(-)
732
494
1
1,497,003
-2, 271
885, 557
852, 231
+33,326
,
,
1, 055,253
1,045,587
+9,666
608, 885
613,043
-4,158
2
388
115
2,386, 976
+1, 139
----------
------------
,
,
161, 870
155, 614
+6, 256
-------------
r-----------
------------
669,414
556,450
-531
1 26,678
25;'798
I +880
I Exclusive of foreign nationals shown in the last line of this summary.
2 Includes employment under the President's Youth Opportunity Campaign.
FEDERAL PERSONNEL IN EXECUTIVE BRANCH,
AND PAY,
AUGUST 1965 AND JULY 1965
Table I breaks down the above figures on
ment figures to show the number outside
,
JULY 1965 AND JUNE 1965
employment and pay by agencies.
the United States by agencies.
PERSONNEL AND PAY SUMMARY
Table II breaks down the above employ-
Table IV breaks down the above employ-
ment figures to show the number in indus-
(See table I)
ment figures to show the number inside the
trial-type activities by agencies.
Information in monthly personnel reports
United States by agencies.
Table V shows foreign nationals by agen-
for August 1965 submitted to the Joint Corn-
mittee on Reduction of Nonessential Federal
Expenditures is summarized as follows:
TA13LE I.-Consolidated table of Federal personnel inside and outside the United States employed by the executive agencies during August
1965, and comparison with July 1965, and pay for July 1965, and comparison with June 1965
Executive Departments (except Defense):
.Agriculture -------------------------------------------
Commerce----------------------------- ---------------- ----- --
Health, Education, and Welfare- _________ ___________ __
Interior------------------------------------------- - ---
rustice------------------------------ -------------- ------------ _-------
Labor------------------------------------------------ ------
Post Office------------------------------ ---------------- - -
State 12----------------------------------------------------- ---------
Treasury---------------------------------------------- __ - ----
Executive Office of the President:
White House Office---------------------------------------
Bureau of the Budget ---------------------------------- ---
71
ExecutiveMansionandGrounds_________________________
National Aeronautics and Space Council__.____---- .__ _ --------
76
3
Council on
39
National Security Council
1,362
372
Office of Emergency Planning___-------------------------------
129
Office of Science and Technology--------- __ _ . __
27
Office of the Special Representative for Trade Negotiations- _ _ _ __ __ _
14
President's Committee on Consumer Interests__
11
President's Committee on Equal Opportunity in Housing-.
`22
President's Council on Equal Opportunity- __________..___
Independent agencies:
25
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations____________
American Battle Monuments Commission ------------- __---_
6
Appalachian Regional Conmiission__-___-__-------- -----
7,354
Atomic Energy Commission----------------- .-_-_______ --------------- _
2
Battle of Now Orleans Sesquicentennial Celebration Commission__
676
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ________..________
825
Civil Aeronautics Board--------------------------------------------
3,808
Civil Service Commission ---------------------------------------------- 3,808
3
Civil War Centennial Commission__________________________________
4
Commission of Fine Arta ----------------------------------- --___---_
114
Commission on Civil Rights _____________-___________-_----________ _
Delaware River Basin Commission______________________________ -
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission -------------------------
304
Export-Import Bank of Washington ___________________.-_____________
Farm Credit Administration _______________________________..________
45,131
Federal Aviation Agency-------------------------------------------
7
Federal Coal Mine Safety Board of Review__ __
1,541
Federal Communications Commission________________ ___
1,627
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation__________________ _
3
Federal Field Committee for Development Planning in Alaska. __ _ __
1,269
Federal Home Loan Bank Board------------------------------------
252
Federal Maritime Commission _____-____..___________.- _..
422
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -- _ _ .. _. _ _-- _ - _
1,141
Federal Power Commission___________________________ -- - 1,141
Federal Radiation Council _______________________________________--_
1 765
Federal Trade Commission--------- ________---____
177
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission _.-________________________
General Accounting Office -_---_ ------------------ ..
38, 86
General Services Administration-- ----- __-_
7, 411
Government Printing Office----------------------------- - --
13, 780
Housing and Home Finance Agency _________________________--____
19
Indian Claims Commission--------------------------
2,399
Interstate Commerce Commission-------------------- -___.._
34.796
National Aeronautics and Space Administration ---_ --
433
National Capital Housing Authority_____________________________
_
National Capital Planning Commission____________________________ 60
National Capital Transportation Agency_____33
National Commission on Food Marketing67
Footnotes at end of table.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
Personnel
Pay (in thousands)
August
July
Increase
Decrease
July
June
Increase
Decrease
115,062
117,481 _
___________
2,419
$66,447
$62,233
$3,214 -
-----------
34,421
33,824
597 -
-----------
24,292
23,662
630 -
-----------
90,514
96,311
203 _
___________
52,461
51,198
1,263 -
-----------
71,108
71,664 -
-----------
6
55
46,067
43
307
1,780
------------
33,299
33,452 _
___________
3
24,524
,
24,465
59
____________
9,405
9,562
____________
157
6,857
6,789
68
------------
610,146
605,721
4,425
____________
323,468
311,190
12,278
------
40,986
40,975
11
24,497
25,608
__-_________
?1,111
90,090
90,884
------------
794
65,446
54,424
11,C22
319
328
__
9
268
257
11
533
548
--
15
558
528
30
44
58
__
14
50
47
3
71
43
64
27
1
34
34
3
-
-------
14
4
10
39
38
38
- --
1,338
4
1,063
1,314
-----
25
388
16
365
363
2
55
74
42
51
27
------------
------------
32
30
2
18
4
13
11
2
12
----------
1
10
10
-----------
23
____________
1
17
15
2
25
------------
-----------
24
24
------------
-----------
444 444
12
____________
95
90
5
7
1
19
14
5
7,430
____________
76
6,602
6,377
125
a
s
672
4
____________
499
486
13
839
____________
14
767
758
9
---------
3,786
22
____________
2,731
2
2,753
46
____________
3
6
------------
------------
------------
2
5
6
------------
------- ---
118
2
76
74
2
2
--------
---
-----------
3
3
------------
-
-----
2
29
309
-------- ---
b
249
24
1
45,332
__________
_
201
37,338
36,108
1,230
6
1
------------
5
6
-----------
1,550
------------
9
1,226
1,226
____________
1,555
____________
28
1,079
1,049
30
______.---
3
------------
-----------
6
5
------------
-------- ..
1,302
____________
33
997
988
9
___---__.
249
3
____________
217
2111
1
______-_
422
-----------
------------
42'7
438
-`---------
1,179
____________
38
946
935
11
-----------
4 4
------------
------------
5
6
----------'-
---------
1,158
7
------------
973
970
3
182
____________
5
128
114
14
17
3,267
3,199
58
36 471
____________
Be
20,059
19,809
250
7, 392
19
-5,231
5,062
169
13, 820
9, 758
9,770
------------
19
-----------
28
23
------------
t 423
____
1,980
1 920
,
10
86:224
_____----_-
-
-
29,113
736
28
377
426
6
217
223
64
-------
al
i
32
as
1
t
____
38
63
45
8
----------
1
 Approved For, Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE 26503
pose timely objections on the floor of the
Houses if this becomes necessary. I can-
not believe that this body would condone
such lawless action on the part of a
minority of the members of any of its
standing committees.
HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES,
COMMITTEE ON BANKING
AND CURRENCY,
Washington, D.C., October 18, 1965.
MEMORANDUM
To: Paul Nelson, clerk.
From: WRIGHT PATMAN, chairman.
Rule I of the Rules of Procedure of the
Committee on Banking and Currency for the
89th Congress states that the committee
shall meet at 10, a.m. on the first and
third T-iesdays of each month unless can-
celed by the chairman.
The Banking and Currency Committee
will not meet on October 19, 1965, which is
the third Tuesday in the month.
Since it is customary only when a com-
mittee meeting is scheduled to notify the
members, it will not be necessary for you
to notify the members that the meeting has
DEMONSTRATIONS ON WEEKEND
(Mr. YOUNGER (at the request of Mr.
HALL) was granted permission to extend
his remarks at this point in the RECORD
and to include extraneous matter.)
Mr. YOUNGER. Mr. Speaker, apro-
pos of the demonstrations that were held
over the past weekend, it seems to me
that the articles written by Reporter
Jerry LeBlanc and published in the Eve-
ning Outlook of Santa Monica, Calif.,
should be of interest to every thoughtful
person who desires to understand the
background for those demonstrations.
Mr. LeBlanc joined the extreme left
incognito, met and picketed with them,
so his articles are from firsthand ob-
servation.
The reports were published in a series
of 12 articles, which follow:
WRITER INFILTRATES LEFT-"FIRED" REPORTER
JOINS REVOLUTIONARY RANKS
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Two months ago I stripped off my necktie
and jacket and stepped into a strange, to-
tally different world.
it is a world peopled with bearded radicals
and longhaired social rebels marching
against the society most Americans perhaps
too blindly take for granted.
From the Watts uprising to the Vietnam
protests, wherever the picket signs were pa-
raded, whenever unrest sparked demonstra-
tions, I was with them.
I joined their organizations, their picket-
lines, strategy sessions, coffee discussions,
public forums, parties, and endless commit-
tee meetings, and watched as they pressed
their cause on every soapbox, and even door
to door.
This is the world of the extreme left. I
joined these revolutionaries because today
more than ever they are making news, and
news is the business of a reporter. I went
in blindly, objectively, not knowing who I'd
meet or what I'd find.
I BECAME "UNEMPLOYED"
I didn't reveal that I was a reporter on as-
signment by the Evening Outlook. A news-
man on an investigation knows that if he
identifies himself as a reporter, or is found
out to be one, he is told only what is con-
sidered appropriate, or "safe," for him to
hear. Only if he can penetrate inside the
subject he is investigating, can he learn what
really makes it tick.
I had a perfect "cover" to preserve my
anonymity, too. The editor "fired" me one
day, then quietly reemployed me the next
day. As far as everyone inside and outside
the paper was concerned, I was no longer
on the payroll.
And it helped to take my wife, Renee,
along with me at times.
My cover proved its worth later, when I
found myself under deep suspicion.
The members of the extreme left that I be-
came acquainted with through the weeks I
was with them are not monsters or raving
fanatics, and just as surely as every school-
child believes the Boston Tea Party was a
righteous assault against an oppressive en-
emy, they sincerely believe they are working
for justice.
For the most part, I found, the object of
their animosity is the U.S. Government and
virtually all duly constituted authorities
within the country.
HE'S PROFESSIONAL REVOLUTIONARY
Earlier, I called these people revolution-
aries. I did so because that is what they call
themselves. One day I asked a fellow com-
mitteeman what he did for a living.
"I consider myself a professional revolu-
tionary, actually," he replied, "but for a liv-
ing I do anything: social work, youth work,
drive taxi."
Many of the people I encountered are
moved by sincere idealism and love for their
fellow man.
One night, after I had reached the com-
mittee level of the extreme left, a sweet-
voiced teeenager telephoned m. "I want to
join your demonstration," she said, "but my
mother won't let me go if we're going to get
arrested."
"Don't worry, honey," I told her, "my
mother wouldn't let me go either if we were
going to do anything that would get us ar-
rested."
A few nights later I was jolted when a man
stood up at a meeting and publicly advocated
what I consider treason.
HOW I GOT "IN"
It's easy to enter into this world of revo-
lutionaries, but acceptance in their "in
group" is another thing. That investigative
agencies of law enforcement bodies have pen-
etrated them is certain, but the revolution-
aries accept this with a certain wry humor.
"Our hardest workers are FBI men," one
comely female leader, Margaret Thorpe, area
organizer for the Students for a Democratic
Society, told me with a smile. "Whenever we
spot one we load him down with work."
My tenure with the extreme left began on
the night of July 9 at 5 Dudley Avenue, Ven-
ice, headquarters of the W. E. B. DuBois clubs
in southern California.
I just walked into a meeting.
It seemed as good a place as any to start,
since I was familiar with the area, and since
FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover has described
the DuBois clubs as Communist born.
HAAG A GENTLEMAN
I had purposely donned the shabbiest
clothes in my limited wardrobe, but by com-
parison, I was a standout contender for the
best dressed award of the night, the only
competition in the neatness department com-
ing from John Haag, who was conducting
the meeting.
Haag, 34, a Harvard graduate and owner of
a coffee house at 7 Dudley Avenue, next door
to DuBois headquarters, is chairman of the
Los Angeles area DuBois organization-and
is possibly one of the_ most gentlemanly,
dedicated men I've ever met.
In addition to his DuBois club activity, I
was soon to learn that Haag is a leader of
the committee to end the war in Vietnam
and an ad hoc committee against police
brutality.
And John Haag is a self-declared enemy of
the state, if one is to believe a lapel button
he wears from time to time.
He is also intelligent and soft spoken, has
a talent for poetry and a boundless sym-
pathy for victims of society's ills. And he
produces a good cup of coffee.
At that first meeting, I was apparently
looked on as being just a curious stranger,
but I soon learned that all groups, in the
extreme left are wary of possible infiltrators.
FIRST WARNING COMES
One of the first warnings I received of this
came conversationally, it seemed, at a meet-
ing several days later in the middle-class
home of an attorney in Burbank.
Myself, Carol Eaton, Morris Moses, Richard
Hayden, and the host and hostess, were
present. "You know," said Carol Eaton,
chairman of the Vietnam protest publicity
committee, "DuBois is awfully worried about
infiltration. Haag always has to watch out
for the FBI, because they're poking their
noses into everything Red, particularly some-
thing like DuBois, where they're 40 percent
Communist."
"Sixty percent," someone corrected.
When I heard those figures, I wondered
if they had been tossed out in that casual
manner to surprise me and perhaps make me
ask questions that would indicate too much
curiosity.
I didn't comment on them, and my guess
now is that they are far too high.
But not long after this meeting I was
confronted directly as a suspected infiltrator.
It happened after a routine session at
Haag's Venice coffee house, where I had be-
come a regular visitor. I started to leave
and Haag called, "Wait a minute, I'll walk
along a ways."
AN ANSWER NEEDED
We passed several groups of tough-looking
Venice denizens clustered outside the DuBois
office and on the sidewalk farther down.
They all recognized Haag and made room
for us to pass.
I got the distinct impression he was usher-
ing me through the groups, and I had heard
among snatches of conversation the phrase
"paid informer."
But Haag and I talked about Vietnam,
society, poetry and the difficulties of operat-
ing a beatnik coffee house, until he said
what the evidently came with me to say:
"I hear the Evening Outlook is looking for
someone to infiltrate the club."
I stopped walking. I needed a casual reply,
right away.
"That sounds like something they'd do,"
I said. "I know, because I worked there until
I was fired about a month ago."
"Oh?" he questioned, but I was sure he
knew that much about me.
"Why would they infiltrate anyway, John?"
I asked. "You've got nothing to hide; your
meetings are open to the public, aren't
they?"
CONTINUES ACTIVITIES
I wasn't sure right way, but I thought
I was in the clear. There was a look of
doubt in his eyes and we gradually shifted
to another subject.
I made it a point to continue my activity
in Venice as though Haag had said nothing
which applied to me.
If anyone asked, I told him I was a free
lance writer for the classical music magazine
Virtuoso and for Reuters Wire Service, which
is true.
After that time, I was able to edge into the
"in-group," a term the leaders use to differ-
entiate between themselves and the hangers-
on.
On the Vietnam protest, I was named to
their publicity and literature committees.
In the Congress of Unrepresented People I
was appointed to the publicity committee and
was made a torchlight parade monitor.
The DuBois Club named me cochairman
of a special committee to prepare a Watts
riot brochure for national distribution.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October 19, 1965
26504
The local scene of mysterious lettered
organizations opened to me, SNCC, SDS, SP,
SWP, YSA, YPSL, and others began to un-
ravel as:
Student Nonviolent Coordinating Com-
mittee,Students for a Democratic Society,
Socialist Party, Socialist Workers Party,
Young Socialists of America and Young
People's Socialist League.
Amid investigation of the Los Angeles ex-
treme left, I flew to the San Francisco Bay
area to view first hand the parallels in opera-
tions there, and then I broadened my field
into a nationwide probe.
POTENTIAL IS GREAT
The most obvious goal of the extreme
left, I saw, is to form a coalition uniting the
ultraliberals, the civil rights fighters, the
peace movement, the university rebels and
the Socialist leaders.
The potential is great :
From the civil rights workers comes a
proven willingness to die for a cause, and
many of them, disillusioned with Dixie efforts
to correct racial ills, have seized upon the
greater idea of changing society itself.
University "of California rebels, also versed
in civil disobedience and teeming with ani-
mosity for policemen who took them to jail,
contribute numbers to the cause and the
challenging spirit of youth.
The pacifists and the disillusionedfurther
enlarge the "antiestablishment" organiza-
tion.
The ultraliberals and Socialists provide the
philosophy, organizational talent, and a -long
trained core of leaders for this new revolu-
tion.
COUP EMERGES AS SUPERFRONT FOR PROTESTORS
(EDITOR'S NoTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left in
Los Angeles. This is the second of a series
of articles on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to do, and how they are
trying to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Early last month, I joined a new leftist
organization called the Congress of Unrep-
resented People (COUP), which unfurled its
banner simultaneously in Iashington, D.C.,
and Los Angeles with the battle cry:
"We intend, to have a government that
truly represents us even if we have to create
it for ourselves."
Out of nowhere the organization suddenly
appeared in a dozen communities across the
Nation and, on the weekend of August 7,
while I marched in' a demonstration here,
2,000persons massed in Washington and a
tenth of them landed in jail.
Simultaneously, in Berkeley, attempts
were made to halt troop trains. In San
Francisco hundreds gathered in opposition
to their government. At Oakland, San Diego,
the United States-Canadian border and
other points, COUP staged rallies.
I learned this was only a dress rehearsal
of things to come.
the framework of the organization at 107
Rhode Island NW,, have been involved in
virtually every controversial cause of the
decade:
The Free Speech Movement, W. E. B. Du-
Bois Clubs, Vietnam Committee, Socialist
Party, Communist Party, Students for a
Democratic Society, the Anti-House Commit-
tee on Un-American Activities movement,
pro-Cuba factions, police brutality protests,
and many others.
Every cause that tends to undermine exist-
ing authority comes within the scope of
COUP.
COUP ORGANIZATION
It all started not in Washington, but on
the Berkeley campus of the University of
California last May, I learned.
One night, I sat on the floor at the home
of Jimmy Garrett, a personable young Negro
whose courage has been tested in the Dixie
civil rights frontlines.
I asked him how COUP really began.
There were four of us there, awaiting an or-
ganizing meeting in his apartment at 3825
Effie Street, Los Angeles.
"Bob Parris and I and a couple of other
guys were sitting around like we are, on the
campus grass at Berkeley, talking about all
the things wrong with society, and we de-
cided to do something about it," Garrett
said.
"We decided to try to organize all the dis-
organized opposition to the Government Into
a solid front."
Garrett, like Parris, was working for the
Student Nonviolent Coordinating Commit-
tee. Parris, also called "Moses," is another
battle-scarred veteran of Southern racial
clashes.
CHANGE SOCIETY
They admit coming away from the civil
rights front confused as to where the line is
drawn between violence and convinced that
society as a whole must be changed, not just
Dixie.
Moses went to Washington to organize
COUP, while Garrett came here.
Moses says this about Mississippi: "Most
liberals think of Mississippi as a cancer * *
but we think (it) an accurate reflection of
America's values and morality. Sheriff
Rainey is not a freak; he represents the
majority. And what he did is related to the
napalm bombings of objects in Vietnam."
Garrett echoes this belief. "Not only the
Negroes in America are victims of this so-
ciety," he said. "The whole middle class is
trapped the same way. I call it 'slavery
with a smile."'
Prof. Staughton Lynd, of Yale, voiced the
COUP idea before the thousands of students
assembled for the Berkeley teach-in last
May 21.
He congratulated the W. E. B. DuBois
Clubs for publication of a diatribe called
"The U.S. War in Vietnam," and the DuBois
monthly magazine, Insurgent, reprinted
Lynd's speech.
YALE PROFESSOR
"For the benefit of FBI agents present,"
the professor said, "let me make it clear that
Lynd, who has been affiliated with the
Progressive Labor Party and the Socialist
Workers Party, cited by the Attorney Gen-
eral as subversive, voiced the general senti-
ment of the movement with:
"I think all of us should search our hearts
and souls for the courage and clarity of
spirit to go to the White House, to go to the
Army Terminal * * * if possible to go to
Vietnam and stand in front of the flame-
throwers and say, 'If blood must be spilt,
let it be mine. * * ?' "
I marched with COUP from South Park
in the heart of the Los Angeles Negro dis-
trict to Exposition Park, where headquarters
were set up for a weekend of public work-
shops, from which were to emerge the peo-
ple's resolutions and demands for solving
their divergent problems.
WALKED 30 BLOCKS
Relays of police squad cars ushered 200 of
us all the way, and I paced off more than
30 blocks. Having been a committee mem-
ber from the start, I was made a monitor for
the march, wearing a blue arm band and
urging stragglers to keep up the pace.
'Young students, elderly ladies, bearded
radicals, and Negroes joined the parade. We
marched along Avalon Boulevard and wher-
ever Negroes gathered they were handed leaf-
lets or a verbal explanation of what COUP
stood for.
This was Friday, August 6. Within a week,
in an unrelated development, the street was
a burning shambles, wrecked by mobs of
Watts Negroes running wild in the worst riot
in the history of the United States.
When our marching group arrived at Ex-
position Park, John Haag of the DuBois
Clubs was introduced as chairman for the
evening. Carl Bloice of the Communist-line
People's World newspaper and Jimmy Gar-
rett were among the first speakers.
GROUNDLESS YEAR
At the meeting at which final plans for the
rally were made, one member had voiced the
fear, "Suppose the persons attending come
up with some kind of a resolution that we
don't want"
This fear proved groundless. As people
turned out for the event, they were guided
by the hard core revolutionaries and the
outcome was never in doubt. The deck was
stacked by the in-group-regulars of the
Vietnam Committee, DuBois, Student Non-
violent Coordinating Committee, Students
for Democratic Society and Young Socialists
(virtually the identical membership of the
Vietnam Committee).
After the first night, attendance dwindled
to half on Saturday, a fourth on Sunday.
But it was not considered a failure.
NATIONAL SUCCESS
A few new recruits had been added to the
mailing lists. A few more could be counted
on to show up at meetings and picket lines.
And a permanent type of COUP organization
was formed with an agreement to meet again
and press further for the demands brought
I could move without suspicion in COUP-
and other organizations of the extreme
left-because everyone thought I had been
fired by the Evening Outlook. I had Washington to hold a national convention
been-but what people didn't know was that Laughter exploded. He went on to pro- of
I had been n reemployed antiwar forces in Madison, Wis., on
ip ployed immediately on pose "that there come together in Wash- Thanksgiving weekend.
an undercover basis for this special report. ington a new Continental Congress, made
up on representatives from community Plans, suggested by the Berkeley Vietnam
IT'S ALL SAME THING unions, freedom parties, and campus groups, Day Committee, the Nation's most active
I became deeply involved in COUP. I which would say in effect: 'This is a des- group of its kind, were formulated for civil
traced its origin to Berkeley and Washing- perate situation; our Government no longer disobedience rallies on October 15-16.
ton, and in the end discovered that actually represents us. Let us see what needs to be Within 2 weeks, I, having risen to the
COUP is just another name the extreme done.' Under its aegis mass civil disobe- status of committee member in Vie local
left can use. dience could take place. * * *" Vietnam group, was contacted by a man from
Membership in the group fans across the TWO HUNDRED ARRESTED New York who was setting up a National Co-
broad spectrum of peace groups, free speech It did. Lynd and some 200 other demon- ordinating Committee on Vietnam :Protests.
champions, civil rights fighters, ad socialist strators were arrested in Washington Au- SAME ADDRESS
action groups. gust 9 at a sit-in at the Capitol. Originally It was formed at COUP, in Washington,
The 30-.odd.men and women who met in they had planned to storm the House of Rep- with temporary headquarters at 1728 Van
Washington early this summer to set up resentatives and occupy the seats. Hise Avenue, Madison, Wis.
up at the rally.
On the national level the success was more
noteworthy. Agreement was reached in
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RE
Oh, yes, Madison also has a DuBois Chap- at them while another man hurriedly passed with My me wife and desd join thea ign- aating it party
a
ter at the University of Wisconsin, headed by them out neatly attached to slats, globe representing the world, flanked by
Mrs. Eugene Dennis, Jr., 202 Marion Street, SONGS BEGUN dove on one side and an atomic cloud on the
daughter-in-law of the former head of the Armbanded picket captain, stationed at other. It won immediate praise and, when
national Communist Party. regular intervals, urged marchers to main- the COUP march was ended, her poster was
of at Of Also out et COUP, y the prompting q the tain the pace and keep in single file. chosen for the spot of honor and was attached
Berkeley Vietnam Day Committee he At the Palladium entrance leaders tried to a light standard behind the speaker's post.
tars, came a call for massive nationwide civil ivil to set up chants and songs, which were GROUPS SOUGHT
disobedience display on October 15 16, can- picked up and died away as the pickets
tared on the campuses. moved on. The songs were from the civil These are the groups which we invited to
In both San Francisco and Los Angeles, i rights movement or the peace movement: participate in COUP (but it must be made
discovered first hand, COUP leaflets were "We Shall Overcome," "I Ain't Going to clear that not all participated. The list is
printed and distributed by the DuBois and Study War No More." given only to illustrate the aims of the COUP
Socialist Workers Party. Demonstrations of this sort are put to- organization) : activi Why do they always intertwine, the - gether with skill, I. learned later as an offi- Artists Protest Committee, Youth for Peace,
ties of clubs like DuBois, the Committtee ee t to cial member of the Congress of Unrepre- Committee for a Sane Nuclear Policy, Ameri-
End the War in Vietnam, the Socialist Work- sented People (COUP). can Friends, War Resistors League, Women's
ers Party, I wondered? Having stepped into the publicity com- Strike for Peace, Fellowship of Reconcilia-
I MARCH ON PICKET LINES mittee of the Vietnam protest group, and tion, Women's International League for
having begun to take a vocal part in its Peace. UCLA Student Committee on Viet-
(By Jerry LeBlanc) activities, I naturally fitted into the newly nam;
Unitarian Peace Committee, Community
(Eoiter, , er spent 2 mLeBlanc,onths under- - Evening organized COUP. GARRETT'S EXPLANATIONS Discussion Project, Human Relations Club,
Outloook k st staff w wrrit Physicians for Social Responsibility, , the
ground as a member of the extreme left in I had first heard of COUP at a DuBois Club Lawyers Guild, American Civil Liberties
Los Angeles. This is the third in a series of meeting in Venice. The next week, joining Union, National Committee To Abolish the
articles on who the leaders are, what they the Committee To End the War in Vietnam, House Un-American Activities Committee,
are attempting to do, and how they are trying I heard about COUP at greater length. South African Freedom Action, Afro-Ameri-
to do it.) Jimmy Garrett of the Student Nonviolent can Cultural Association, Nation of Islam;
My initial experience as a picket for the Coordinating Council (SNCC), addressed the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Com-
extreme left occurred on the night of July 12 group and explained COUP. The most strik- mittee, Congress of Racial Equality, United a when I carried m hand-Holly- wood lettered sign that reaad d fre ing statement in his talk was that the idea Civil Rights Committee, National Associa-
of the Palladium inHo of concentrating on the Vietnam protest
"End the War in Vietnam." tion the Advancement of Colored People,
alone had been considered but set aside: Mexican-American Political Association, Du-
I concur with the sentiment on the sign, Because, he explained, if Johnson pulled Bois Clubs, Californians for Liberal Represen-
but I wasn't thane for the same reason as the the troops out of Vietnam, then the group tation, Socialist Party, Socialist Workers 250
dem wa there to learn s as the as I could about ion. t would have nothing to fight. Party, Young Socialists of America, Young
was there behind las much as protests s against So other issues were brought in: poverty, People's Socialist League, California Demo-
who is bhd the tide of ps racial inequality, political organization, the
our foreign policy. erotic Council, Students for a Democratic
The occasion of the demonstration was House Committee on Un-American Activities, Society, and unions like the ILWU, the
the appearance of Vice President HUBERT police brutality. ILGWU, and even the UAW and IAM.
or-
In other words, I surmised, the idea was to As has been stressed, not all of these or-
oppennerr for m mee. . fund-rais- oppose the Government on as many fronts as ganizations participated. About a dozen,
ing dinner. at It a was an Democratic eye Party
ing dine
HE GETS HIS SIGN possible. however, were in from the founding stage.
The Vietnam protest was fine by itself, but To encourage participation of individuals
Basioally, I'm shy, but when I arrived I a broader organization was needed to plunge without the official sanction of their organi-
pushed through the gathering crowd of into these other fields. DuBois Clubs, which zations, it was made clear that members of
spectators and, waiting for a break in the play a strong role in the Vietnam protest, are the establishing unit would identify them-
long parade, stepped in. handicapped by FBI Director J. Edgar selves as, for instance, John Doe, a member
After two turns around the front and side Hoover's characterization of them as Com- of CORE, rather than a representative.
of the Palladium, I was handed my sign. munist, especially when it comes to working The demonstration and the organization
I recalled then that I had met the Vice with a broad range of public interests. itself succeeded, and that's what counts.
President only a few months before while Virtually every one of the 28 organizers Activists care little about labels, so long as
covering a speech for the Evening Outlook-., of the national COUP already were involved the job is done.
I was uneasy about possibly running into in the Vietnam issue and or nonviolent action
him as a picket. committees. But a new organization was LEFTISTS SEEK SOCIALIST UNITED STATES-
Virtually everyone in the picket line car- born. DuBois MEMBERS WORK To CREATE NEW
ried signs similar to mine. It was a very Four our Friday, August 6 march from GOVERNMENT
successful demonstration. South Park to Exposition Park, we swiftly (EDITOR'S NOTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
MARCHERS DESCRIBED formed a publicity committee, program com- Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
With me in the march were well-heeled mittee, district breakdown committee, and ground as a member of the Extreme Left in
clubwomen with the aura of Encino all but other work groups. Los Angeles. This is the fourth of a series
stamped on them, and students from Young These set up interim meetings for plan- of articles on who the leaders are, what they
Democrat organizations and the socialist ning the COUP demonstration, and a general are attempting to do and how they are trying
youth groups. There were the denizens of meeting to gather all possible participants in to do it.)
Venice, women pushing baby strollers and COUP was called for the end of the week. (By Jerry LeBlanc)
kindly senior citizen types. ASSIGNMENTS MADE It is not against the law to overthrow the
Beards were, plentiful and Negroes were At that time, specific assignments were U.S. Government, provided you do it on elec-
few. A full-suited gentleman marched in the dealt: creating posters, writing leaflets, and tion day with ballots.
line reading a book as though he were com- reproduction of the leaflets. Only a little more than a year ago a new
pletely alone on the street. Provisions were made for loudspeaking youth group dedicated to this cause held its
Elderly church women straggled and chat- equipment, lighting, food catering, and a founding convention in San Francisco and
tared, unable to maintain the pace, dozen other details, including telephone almost immediately was characterized by
It was colorful. The professional demon- contacts and mailings. FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover as a Com-
strators compared past experiences with con- I was appointed to the publicity action munist tool.
versation like, "Did you get arrested? I did." committee and my suggestions for bumper The infant organization named itself after
As flashbulbs popped, the pickets specu- stickers and poster wordings were adopted W. E. B. DuBois, one of the founders of the
lated on which cameramen were from news- with applause. NAACP in 1909 who later repudiated the
papers and which were FBI. civil rights group and joined the Communist
You could buy your "I Am An Enemy of My press release went to all area news- Party.
the State" button for 50 cents, or you could papers and radio-television stations, carry- DuBois, winner of a Lenin Peace Prize in
invest in literature like the Young Socialist, log my name and phone number for further 1959, is dead now and buried in Moscow.
the Militant, the Movement or the Free information.
Press. Meanwhile, I helped in mailings and man- WE STRIVE FOR SOCIALISM
. And an antipicket picket carried his sign aged to get a list of target organizations "With the vision of DuBois," the club
high, declaring, "Reds Go Home." which COUP sought to bind together. states officially, "we are striving toward a
The demonstration was well organized. Picket signs were to be painted, and, for world of socialism and peace."
Some 200 hand-painted protest signs were this a sign-painting party was called at the In the interests of truth, I lived the life
quickly stacked in the Palladium parking lot, home of a talented young art student, Bob of a DuBois Club enthusiast for 2 months,
then a man with a staple gun banged away Bigelow. finding myself wending through a maze of
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26506
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD -HOUSE October 19, 1965
kindred organizations, overlapping in func-
tion and all having in common this one
thing: Creation of a new political force.
The DuBois Club makes no bones about its
aims: "By courageous dedication to, and
militant action In, the fight to solve the im-
mediate problems of Americans of all races,
ages, and nationalities, a socialist movement
will win the democratic majority which alone
can make a socialist America."
The aim of the group is quite clear and
overtly stated.
Hoover put it this way: "The (Communist)
party is making every effort to Increase its
influence in the racial struggle and continues
to promote the false impression that it is a
legitimate political party."
He added, "It has assigned priority to a
recruitment campaign aimed at gaining new
members from the ranks of American youth.
To implement this program, it initiated a
new national Marxist youth organization last
June-the W. E. B. DuBois Clubs of Amer-
ica."
Former FBI counterspy, Herbert Philbrick
said in San Francisco that the DuBois Club
is :Ailing the void that once was the Young
Communist League.
Called on for an example, he said. "One
basic Communist strategy is to deliberately
violate the law, provoke the police into
cracking down and then hurling charges of
'police brutality.' "
CALL FOR POLITICAL FORCE
Speaking for the club itself, the editors of
Insurgent take a broader view:
"Until now, the focus for activists was
the sporadic picket, sit-in, strike, march-
the movement growing from action to ac-
tion, slumping, then gaining larger life in
some new and unexpected spot.
"But behind these outbursts of ever-grow-
ing action, something new is coming.
"The time is ripe for political organization,
Incorporating all of the experiences of recent
years, but building on far stronger founda-
tions; uniting activists, racial minorities and
great numbers of working people-and those
who can't find work-into a permanent poli-
tical force.
"Such work will spread, and with it the
possibility for the people to assume the power
and, transform America into a real demo-
cracy--a socialist democracy."
INSIGNIA DESCRIBED
The Insignia of the DuBois Club is a half-
white, half-black circle with a white hand
and a black hand reaching for a dove, sym-
bolizing brotherhood of man and peace, or
civil rights and Vietnam, depending on your
Interpretation.
The founding convention of the organiza-
tion was held June 19-21, 1964, in San Fran-
cisco.
Among those on hand for the initial meet-
ing was Terence Hallinan, son of Vincent
Hallinan, once Progressive Party (a cited
Communist front) candidate for President
and an ardent pro-Soviet.
Another DuBois Club founder was Mike
Myerson, author of the publication, "The
U.S. War in Vietnam."
Bettina Aptheker, daughter of top-ranked
Communist theoretician Herbert Aptheker
and a leader in the Free Speech Movement
at the University of California, is another
founder. She coauthored the DuBois book
on the FSM crisis.
LOS ANGELES REPRESENTATION
Carl Bloice, People's World writer, fre-
quent Moscow visitor and editor of the
DuBois semimonthly publication "Insur-
gent," was another founder of the organiza-
tion
nator for Los Angeles area DuBois programs. STRENGTH of LEFTISTS SHOWN-SURVEY RE-
A summer ago he Was working with Puerto VEALS VARIED PURSUITS OF DUBOIS CLUBS
Ri
cans In New York City helping organize
rent strikes.
At an end-of-the-summer conference this
year, Hugh Fowler, an organizer of the Con-
gress of Unrepresented People and a UC
Berkeley student, was elected DuBois na-
tional chairman; Terence Hallinan became
organizations secretary; his brother, Mat-
thew, educational director; Bloice
publica-
,
tions director, and Sue Borenstein, of Phila- As one minor participant in the extreme
delphia, treasurer, left, a pursuit I undertook in a search for
Miss Aptheker was in attendance at the facts rather than social change, I had to
national session, according to the People's wonder how big the W. E. B. DuBois Club is.
World, and her father was named literary The answer I came up with is this: "Grow-
executor of Dr. W. E. B. DuBois and is in ing." It is now small in numbers, but its
custody of all his papers. ability to work with allied organizations in
I visited the San Francisco DuBois head- pressing its causes multiplies its strength
quarters this summer. It worked out rather by thousands.
oddly how I got there in that I was on Viet- To find out what the DuBois organization
nam Committee business and figured I would is doing nationwide, I wrote to newspaper
deal with the largest Vietnam committee in editors in 100 cities, all of them either metro-
the country only a few miles away in politan centers or university towns.
Berkeley. On the Los Angeles question, the process
IN POOR DISTRICT was simplier. I asked John Haag, area
When I contacted Terence Hallinan to coordinator.
ask him whom I Should see, he directed me ONE HUNDRED ACTIVE MEMBERS IN LOS ANGELES
without hesit
ti
a
on to the DuBois office In
San Francisco.
I found it in a basement storefront of a
dilapidated building in a Negro district that
makes Watts look like Bel-Air,
(EDTTOR's NOTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months
underground as a member of the extreme
left in Los Angeles. This Is the fifth In a
series of articles on who the leaders are, what
they are attempting to do, and how they are
"We only have about 100 members in the
Los Angeles area," said Haag. He told of
an embryo South Los Angeles club that had
"become inactive," but pointed out that the
West Los Angeles and Central Los Angeles
clubs are "on the move."
managing editor Of Insurgent. The momentum makes it hard to distin-
Editor Carl Bloice was not present, so Miss g7lish DuBois from other movements, par-
Rosebury and I discussed an article I wished titularly from the view of direction, if not
to submit with authority from the Vietnam leadership.
Alameda-Oakland-
protest group in Los Angeles. Berkeley San Francisco and the more active, both perched on a high stool while an at- areas are far more active, both in
tractive blonde assistant worked nearby and terms of the DuBois Club and the Vietnam
an artist occupied a desk in an adjoining Committee, and their allies, the Free Speech
room. Movement organizers.
PROPAGANDA ABUNDANT At least three DuBois Clubs are located in
the area, one in San Francisco, one in
Civil rights and police brutality propaganda Berkeley, and one on the campus of the
was abundant on the walls. In the front University of California.
window hung a get out of Vietnam poster.
A freshly mimeographed stack of leaflets on NATIONWIDE SURVEY RE67n T5
behalf of a Congress of Unrepresented Peo- Besides being national DuBois headquar-
pie rally sat beside the machine, and boxes ters, the San Francisco Bay area has what
full of the DuBois publication, "The U.S. Is undoubtedly the Nation's biggest, most
War in Vietnam," were ready for distribution, active Vietnam protest unit, with offices of
Celia Rosebury was definitely interested in its own and a full-time paid staff of four.
my proposed article, based on a legal brief by As my survey results poured in, letter by
Los Angeles Attorney Hugh Manes describing letter I learned these facts:
alleged U.S. treaty violations in the Vietnam Across the country, New York is the loca-
conflict. tion of five well-spaced DuBois Clubs, one
I agreed to send in the story. She di- each in the Lower East Side, upper Man-
rected me to the Berkeley Vietnam Day Com- hattan, Queens, Bronx, and Brooklyn.
mittee offices, and I left, having learned They, too, are active in the Vietnam
only that DuBois nationally is involved in protest, under the direction of Robert Heis-
basically the same diverse causes as DuBois ler, State coordinator, of 3477 Corsa Avenue,
In Los Angeles. Bronx.
ACTIVITIES OUTLINED In Chicago there are two clubs, one head-
The political efforts in both northern and quartered at the home of Ted Pearson, area
southern California are progressing on a coordinator, 1808 North Cleveland Avenue,
broad front. The Venice DuBois Club has and at the Modern Book Store, 56 East Chi-
initiated a neighborhood canvass with an eye cago Avenue. Their 50 members are con-
to political organization right now. And centrating on the war on poverty.
John Haag, area chairman, was actively lead- PHILADELPHIA UNIT
ing club members in political activity in the Philadelphia also has a DuBois unit,
Los Angeles City elections last spring. headed by Sondra Patrinos, 516 West Coulter
The West Los Angeles and Central Los Street, with a small membership-about 20.
Angeles DuBois organizations, and those in They tried to join the NAACP in picketing a
San Francisco and Berkeley, are also involved boys' school in a segregation dispute, but
in neighborhood canvassing. the civil rights group spurned their offer of
The Congress of Unrepresented People's help.
platform calls for political organization as (The NAACP nationally has been reluc-
one of its efforts. tant to ally itself with other groups.)
And last month, tying the whole ball of St. Louis, Mo., also has its group of about
wax up nationally, Rick Wolff, of New Haven, 50 DuBois members under the guidance of
Conn., coordinator for the nationwide Viet- James E. Peaks, Jr., area coordinator, with
Warn protest moveme
t
t
n
, s
ressed in a pri- headquarters at 1910 North Grand Avenue.
Attending the founding convention from vate meeting with me that political organs- Very active and pledged to "techniques of
Los Angeles, according to reliable reports, zation will become the focal point for the direct action, Including street demonstra-
was Bob Duggan, recently appointed coordi- peace drive. tions," according to Peake, the St. Louis
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE
DuBois is trying to organize Washington
University students, is working on political
organization in Negro neighborhoods, and
on the widespread Vietnam protest.
COMMUNIST KIN INVOLVED
In Madison, Wis., a 33-member DuBois
club, headed by Mrs. Eugene Dennis Jr.,
daughter-in-law of the ex-chieftain of the
American Communist Party, meets at her
home, 202 Marion Streets, and concentrates
on the University of Wisconsin campus,
where some 50 midwest DuBois delegates held
a convention last February to organize Viet-
nam demonstrations.
Also on the campus, a Vietnam protest was
led by DuBois member Daniel Friedman.
Mrs. Dennis' husband operated a separate,
noncampus DuBois Club but apparently left
Madison this summer. He is regional co-
ordinator of the DuBois clubs, but a New
Yorker.
There is also reliably reported to be a func-
tioning DuBois group in Newark, N.J., and
there probably are others.
Returning to the West Coast again, we find
a small club with 20 members in Portland,
Ore., most of them ex-Reed College students.
Headed by Jeffery Sachar of New York, they
expect to organize another unit on the
campus of Portland State College this
semester.
The DuBois Club survey did not include
asking for information on organizations with
similar alms, such as the Vietnam protest
committees. That there are connections be-
tween the groups is an inescapable conclu-
sion, however.
EXAMPLE GIVEN
Just as one example, Carl Oglesby, presi-
dent of the Nationally-organized Students
For A Democratic Society, stated a few
months ago that SDS is considering action
"that may involve deliberate violation of one
or more of the nation's espionage laws" to
show opposition to the U.S. policy in Viet-
nam,
Oglesby, who lives at Ann Arbor, Mich.,
where a massive Vietnam "teach-in" protest
was held last spring, is a signer of the original
Washington call for the Congress of Unrep-
resented People (COUP). As earlier articles
in the series showed, COUP is an organization
combining all DuBois club goals under one
banner.
I saw no direct evidence that DuBois is in
charge of operations of other groups, but
it is certainly true that DuBois leaders are _
in almost all the major activist organiza-
tions.
The common membership of some groups
is large and. in a situation where each group
guards its independence, no one seems eager
to emerge as an over-all commander, so long
as the groups can be organized together on
their common projects.
IT'S SAME THING
Once John Haag, Los Angeles area Du-
Bois chairman, said to me, after telling of an
upcoming DuBois-organized Venice neighbor-
hood survey on the Vietnam issue: "We'd
like to meet somewhere else, so it doesn't
seem we're behind everything, but I guess
they know anyway."
Another time, following a strategy meet-
ing of the Congress of Unrepresented Peo-
ple, Tom Garrison, formerly of ,the Con-
gress of Racial Equality and now prominent
in DuBois activities, invited me to a COUP
sign-painting party on a Tuesday night.
"Sorry, I can't make it," I told him. "The
Vietnam committee meets Tuesday night."
"Skip it and come to our DuBois steer-
ing committee meeting Wednesday night-
it's the same thing."
I believe him. In my head I tried to mul-
tiply the Los Angeles situation by the num-
ber of other communities where DuBois and
the peace groups are linked.
My talent as a computer failed, but the ef-
fective strength of such an alliance is far
more powerful than the relatively tiny Du-
Bois Club Itself.
PROFILES OF ACTIVE LEFTISTS-MEET PEOPLE
OF FAR LEFT
(EDITOR'S NOTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left in
Los Angeles. This is the sixth of a series of
articles on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to do, and how they are try-
ing to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
An FBI infiltrator in the extreme left has
to be awfully careful how he goes about try-
ing to keep tabs on who's who in the move-
ment.
One little mistake and he'll expose himself.
As an undercover reporter probing the
ultraleft-its people, aims, and activities-
I met more than 3 dozen persons I can still
remember by name, most of them in the
category of "activists."
One, I'm positive, was an FBI man who
had penetrated the "in group" of the ex-
treme left just as I had. I had wanted very
much to meet him because, from what I kept
hearing, he was a leading figure in the revo-
lutionary council.
HE TIPS HIMSELF OFF
Our first direct encounter came about
when he telephoned. "Jerry," he said, "Bert
in Berkeley suggested we get together."
He tipped himself off by telephoning me
at a number of a next-door neighbor which
I didn't even know myself, and saying he
got it from a guy I never met in Berkeley.
The only way he could have gotten the
number, I knew, had to be through police
facilities, but I went along with this line and
we agreed to contact each other at a meeting.
From the instant we shook hands, I knew
he knew I was suspicious of him, and every
time I tried to corner him for a question,
he started talking to someone else.
HE PLAYED ROLE CAREFULLY
He seemed less worried about my suspi-
cions than the possibility that I might ex-
pose him to another fellow whose acquaint-
ance he was trying to cultivate.
When the session was over, he seemed so
relieved to extend a hand in farewell that I
was tempted to wink at him.
I never saw him again, and for all I know,
he's still a trusted member of the leadership
clique.
I met a lot of interesting people in the
ultraleft. Despite the stereotype, bearded
males and stringy-haired females were the
exception, not the rule.
The police of the ultraleft are professors
and poets, professionals and shirt-sleeve
workingmen, bums and the opulent, men
and women, boys and girls, Negroes, whites,
and Orientals.
I met them in colorful coffeehouses,
artistic hillside homes, cluttered offices, tract
houses, sparsely furnished apartments, in
the Negro district and the Hollywood hills,
and on the campus and street corners.
It's amazing how much you can find out
about these people if you try. Here are
profiles of three I consider interesting:
John Haag: Clean shaven, well educated,
he came to Los Angeles in 1959 with his wife
and worked at Space Technology until his
security clearance was revoked.
POLICE ENCOUNTERS
He was involved in a couple of minor
skirmishes with the police and was fined in
one case, with charges dropped in the other,
both linked to his beatnik Venice West coffee-
house at 7 Dudley Avenue.
He has a small son named Thomas Paine
Haag.
Haag, who I found very likeable, is area
DuBois chairman, Venice chapter president
of the American Civil Liberties Union, chair-
man of an ad hoc committee against police
brutality, and involved in the committee
to end the war in Vietnam and the con-
gress of unrepresented people and probably
a half dozen other causes.
MONEY DONATED
Once I asked Haag if the coffeehouse he
operates next door to the DuBois head-
quarters supports him financially. He re-
plied with a shrug. "People give me money
from time to time-people interested in
what I'm doing." Haag told me one night
why he was part of the ultraleft. He sat at
a crude wood table in his dimlit coffee-
house.
Nearby was a bulletin board, a mixed col-
lection of antipolice and anti-Vietnam war
literatiire, leaflets announcing upcoming
meetings and demonstrations, notices of
fundraising parties, and personal notes
from transient acquaintances and lovers.
VAGABOND NATURE
Winos, wandering youths, guitarists and
poets pursued their interest at the other
table. These are people I sympathize with,
having spent my own youth as a vagabond.
"They come here looking for something
that doesn't exist anymore," Haag said of
his clientele. "They're looking for a beatnik
community like Greenwich Village once was.
"A lot of them end up on wine or dope
in 3 weeks. That's what causes most of the
trouble here: the ones on wine and pills.
They mix cheap wine and seconal and go out
of their heads. There was a bunch I had to
throw out last night and I think the same
group stomped a kid sleeping on the beach,
nearly killed him, for no reason"
Pondering the senselessness of it, he con-
tinued, "The beats are hopeless. They come
up with plenty of justified criticism of soci-
ety, but they don't take part in changing
things, and they never even suggested an
alternative. That's one of the reasons I
turned to politics and social reform for the
answer."
POLICE CHECK
Our conversation was interrupted when a
police car rolled up to the door, motor run-
ning, radio blaring. Haag's attractive wife,
Anna, a fiery brunette, limping on one
crutch as the result of an accident, called
from the door, "John, will you talk to this
cop?"
Haag left and the coffeehouse resounded
to the rafters with a cheer for Anna, who
loudly slammed the door on the police.
Police do display a great deal of interest
in this coffeehouse and its inhabitants, but
then, it is the unofficial headquarters for
the rebels, the downtrodden, the idle, the
winos, pot and pill users, and, concomi-
tantly the troublemakers.
Harassment is the term the coffeehouse
habitues use to describe the police activities,
and it is obvious the police bear down on
the place as though it should not be per-
mitted to exist.
POLICE ARE COMFORTING
I have never been there- when police did
not make their presence known. But I felt
a lot safer that they were around.
In any event, it became quite clear that
the police are part of "the enemy" in the
area and that Haag, who may agree philoso-
phically with the lawmen that such neigh-
borhoods should not exist, serves as unofficial
champion of the "outcasts" of Venice in
their undeclared battle with the police.
And now that the coffeehouse and its next
door political annex have become a center of
operations for DuBois, the Vietnam protest
and the new Congress of Unrepresented Peo-
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26508
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October 19, 1965
pie (COUP), not to mention the Watts issue,
the police-citizen tension is heightened.
"Why is it any better to hate cops than
to hate Negroes?" I asked once, "most of
them are people, aren't they?" The question
vent unanswered.
OUTSPOKEN DISLIKE
Darrell Myers: Los Angeles chairman of
the Young Socialist Alliance (YSA), he is
outspoken in his dislike for police, brand-
ing them as "the enemy." -
Myers, from Stockton, is 22, blond, col-
legiate looking and has a militant speech to
make at every function, whether it be YSA,
the Vietnam Committee or COUP. He is a
detail man and a stickler for parliamentary
procedure.
At 19, he squatted in the door of the
Atomic Energy Commission in Berkeley,
challenging arrest. He achieved arrest at
the well-remembered Cadillac and Sheraton-
Palace Hotel rights demonstration in San
:Francisco.
Since 1962 he has been picketing as a
pacifist.
He said he believes the Socialists will one
day have to take up arms to fight off Govern-
ment suppression. I nominate him for the
most belligerent pacifist of the day award.
ATTORNEY DESCRIBED
Hugh Manes: A zealous and tireless attor-
ney constantly seeking to reform society, he
is a lawyer with offices in Hollywood and is
an associate of A. L. Wirin in the American
Civil Liberties Union.
Manes, a participant in Socialist Workers
Party-backed Military Labor Forum events,
also help defend suspended Los Angeles po-
Liceman Mike Hannon, whose Congress of
Racial Equality activities came under fire.
Manes is a 1964 member of the National
Lawyers Guild, a cited Communist legal
front, and helped prepare a thick dossier
documenting alleged U.S. treaty violations
in the Vietnam conflict.
He is a member of the Los Angeles Vietnam
protest committee. An enthusiast for the
cause, he turns red-faced when arguing it
point.
One of his best friends is not Los Angeles
Police Chief William H. Parker. When my
committee was starting a DuBois brochure
on the Watts riots, one member said, "III talk
to Manes; he's got a file 15 years back on
Chief Parker."
The people involved in the ultraleft are
diverse, and as interesting as they are
numerous.
LEFTIST RECRUITS YANKS TO BATTLE VIET GIs
(EDITOR'S NoTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left In
Los Angeles. This is the seventh of a series
of articles on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to do, and how they are at-
tempting to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
As a reporter, I don't consider myself easily
shocked, but I admit being badly shaken
one night recently when a man stood be-
fore me and tried to enlist an international
brigade pitting Americans against Ameri-
cans in a struggle to the death in Vietnam.
As an undercover reporter probing the
extreme left, I went with my wife to the
Militant Labor Forum oil July 30 at 1702
East Fourth Street, Los Angeles.
In an upstairs hall, we passed through a
propaganda-filled book store and entered a
crowded back room.
We paid a dollar each to get in and I'm not
sure if it's tax deductible because the forum
is operated by the Socialist Workers Party,
which is listed by the Attorney General as a
subversive organization. In any event, I
entered the two bucks as one of the items
on my expense sheet to the Evening Out-
look.
Leaflets advertising the forum were handed
out at Congress of Unrepresented People
sessions.
The hall was complete with a bust of Leon
Trotsky, who was assassinated in 1940 by
employes of a one-time Communist bigwig
named Stalin.
Midway through the forum, a bearded
spectator arose and declared that his orga-
nization, called the Freedom Fighters, is
negotiating with North Vietnam envoys in
Switzerland for permission to send a military
brigade to fight on the side of the Vietcong.
He was Ron B. Ramsey of 112 North Cul-
ver Boulevard; Compton, a man who looked
like a Cuban guerrilla but says he is a Ph. D.
and is known to have been on the Berkeley
campus, although neither as professor, which
he calls himself, nor student.
"We'll have our guns in our hands within
a few weeks," he vowed and he offered to
enlist volunteers on the spot.
No one seemed particularly shocked at
Ramsey's proposal. No one but me, maybe.
The principal activists of the Los Angeles
area youth movement were all present at the
speakers' table.
PRINCIPALS NAMED
They were Jimmy Garrett of the Student
Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and the
Congress of Unrepresented People; John
Haag, area chairman of DuBois Clubs; Mar-
garet Thorpe of the Students for a Demo-
cratic Society; Dorothy Balassa, who with
Miss Thorpe is cochairman of the Committee
To End the War in Vietnam; Darrel Myers,
Los Angeles organizer for the Young Social-
ist Alliance, and Cathy Gallagher of the
Young People's Socialist League.
Moderator for the panel, on the topic new
youth and the old left, was Hugh Manes, one
of the American Civil Liberties Union law-
yers who helped defend Michael Hannon, Los
Angeles police officer ousted for participating
in Congress of Racial Equality activities.
Manes was a 1964 member of the National
Lawyers Guild, a cited Red front. He is
now circulating nationally among other law-
yers a 35-page legal brief documenting al-
leged U.S. violations of international law in
the Vietnam action.
Ramsey's statement was far more sensa-
tional than most I heard from the radical
left, and perhaps he is not representative
of it.
However, the next morning I phoned the
office of the Student Nonviolent Coordinat-
ing Committee in Hollywood and who an-
swered? None other than Ron Ramsey.
INFORMATION GIVEN
He gave me the information I wanted about
a. Federal building rally that day, connected
with the Vietnam protest, and with sus-
pended police Officer Michael Hannon as the
featured speaker.
To further the connections, Ramsey also
said he helped send three autos full of Los
Angeles representatives to the Washington
Congress of Unrepresented People march Au-
gust 7-9.
Mrs. Balassa was among the sponsors of
the Federal Building rally which was pro-
moted by the Committee to End the War in
Vietnam. Attorney Manes, also a commit-
tee member, was present, as were the rest of
the cast from the previous night.
Ramsey, a Free Speech Movement activist,
spent the early part of this year in an Al-
gerian jail. The Ben Bella aid he went
to Algeria to work for has since been ousted.
His travels also include Vietnam, he says,
and he states that he was educated in Asia.
He also was in Zanzibar, now Tanzania,
after the Mohammed Babu coup.
ACTIVE IN UNITED STATES
In this country, he has been active in the
peace and disarmament movements, apart
from his volunteer army, and sometimes
simultaneously.
Another outspoken party to the Militant
Labor Forum, which, by the way, reprints
and circulates COUP pamphlets, is Myers, a
one-time pacifist from San Francisco, active
in the Vietnam protest at Berkeley and, one
of those arrested in the Sheraton-Palace Ho-
tel and Cadillac civil rights demonstrations.
Myers, at the Militant Labor Forum;
cheered the stoning of police by Harvey
Aluminum Co. pickets in July, declaring,
"They don't have to wait to be told who the
enemy is."
Myers does not believe the ultraleft activ-
ists should go and fight against Americans
in Vietnam. He believes they should fight
them on the home front.
"WE MUST BE READY"
"Sooner or later," Myers said, "the Govern-
ment will come to regard the movement as
the same kind of enemy as the forces it
fights overseas.
"At that time," he said, "we must be pre-
pared to take up arms and defend ourselves
to keep the movement alive. But let the
Government decide when the terror starts."
As I said, Myers calls himself a pacifist, and
has participated in picketing in numerous
sit-ins in the cause of peace.
The fine line between peace and war
against their own government is one which
several activist leaders straddle.
Garrett, for instance said, "I'd like to go
into the Negro district and set up a school
for draft dodgers-to teach them how to keep
out of the Army."
HE WON'T GO
"Me, I'm not going, because I don't want
to be killed and I don't want to kill anybody.
But some of these draftees don't know how
to stay out."
The burning of draft cards is a defiant
demonstration of protest which has been
advocated and carried out in many parts of
the country, prompting new :legislation mak-
ing such acts a crime.
Perhaps one day, draft-dodger schools also
will have to be banned.
Another tactic in the formative stage with
the Vietnam committee was described by
James Gallagher of the Socialist Party. "The
leafleting of soldiers and sailors themselves,
urging them to refuse to participate in the
war, which means disobeying orders. The
committee wants to offer to put them in
contact with people who will help them
plead themselves aeonscientious objectors."
MANES ROLE TOLD
Manes was to look into the legal rami-
fications of such advocacy.
The committee also hopes to enlist union
aid in boycotting ships and refusing to load
munitions on ships used in the Vietnam
supply operation.
And, in San Francisco, the Vietnam com-
mittee has started the practice of trying to
halt troop trains.
They also suggest, "If for example, in
Berkeley on October 16, thousands of stu-
dents and others block the gates of the Oak-
land Army Terminal where munitions are
shipped to Vietnam, and are arrested, we
think that attention will be focused dramati-
cally on the issues in Vietnam."
The possibility of sabotage has been openly
hinted by the national leader of the Students
for a Democratic Society, and men like
Staughton Lynd, a leftist Yale professor, be-
fore an audience of thousands, suggested
storming Army terminals.
TARGET OF IDEAS
Once upon a time, people believed some
wars had to be fought, but now, even those
en route to die for their country are targets
in the war of ideas.
Picture a draftee's reaction, for instance.
after giving up his schooling or work, being
separated from his friends and family, leav-
ing his hometown and training for Army
service. Bad enough luck being drafted;
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 19,AT~~~gved For Rele sN.GRQEMMA' ft-1FSAN00 M RI0300140005-9
then he is chosen for the hottest front: Viet-
nam. And with all these sacrifices, en route
to a foreign nation he is confronted by
pamphlets from the extreme left telling him
the war is not worth dying for.
VIETNAM: KEY PROTEST ISSUE-DIRECT RE-
PORTS FROM RED BLOC GUIDE ACTIVISTS
(EDITOR'S NOTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months un-
derground as a member of the Extreme Left
in Los Angeles. This is the eighth in a series
of articles on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to do, and how they are trying
to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Reports direct from Moscow and North
Vietnam are among the benefits received by
in-group members of the DuBois Clubs and
other Extreme Left organizations.
One Saturday night in August, at 5555
Green Oak Drive in the Hollywood Hills, I
listened with fascination to such a report.
Speaking was Carl Bloice, national pub-
licity director of the DuBois Clubs and a
staff writer for the Communist-line news-
paper People's World.
"North Vietnam has a special North Amer-
ican affairs representative, and he knows
more about the peace movement and youth
movement in the United States than I do,"
Bloice told the 30 or so persons at the meet-
ing.
KNOWS OFFICERS, ACTIVITIES
"I saw him in Helsinki," Bloice said. "He
even knows the officers and when they were
elected and what every group is doing."
Bloice said he and Don Smith, chairman
of the. Los Angeles Congress on Racial Equal-
ity (CORE) had just returned from the Com-
munist-dominated "World Peace Congress"
In the Finnish capital, They had made side
trips to Leningrad and Moscow.
With me on the grassy back yard of the
fashionable hillside home was my wife, Re-
nee, who often accompanied me during my
Investigation of the Extreme Left. All of us
were gathered around on benches and patio
chairs to hear the latest from this top-eche-
lon figure in the peace movement.
LEADERS ATTENDED MEETING
Among the spectators were the leaders of
every Vietnam picket line and protest in the
Los Angeles area.
Before Bloice himself had returned from
Helsinki, I had picked up a copy of the
World Peace Congress resolution on Vietnam
being distributed by the San Francisco Du-
Bois Club national office.
Point by point and almost word for word,
the resolution duplicates the current stand
of the Vietcong. It calls for:
1. An immediate end to U.S. aggression in
South Vietnam.
2. Immediate withdrawal of U.S. troops and
those of their satellites from South Vietnam.
3. Removal of U.S. military bases from
South Vietnam.
4. Immediate ending-of bombing and other
aggressive acts against the Democratic Re-
public of Vietnam.
No mention of negotiations is made, and
Bloice explained why:
"If the U.S. imperialists gain anything
from this intervention, even if they only
manage to bring about negotiations, that
will be a gain and and they will have estab-
lished a pattern for intervention in all fu-
ture people's revolutions, wherever they hap-
pen."
LANGUAGE NOTED
The Helsinki resolution, which was swift-
ly circulated to all DuBois Clubs for a rub-
berstamp approval, is replete with such lan-
guage as:
"The U.S. Imperialists * * * crimes
agalrist peace-loving people * * * brilliant
victories that the Vietnamese people have
gained over an aggressive enemy * * *. The
National Liberation Front (Vietcong politi-
cal arm) is the only true representative of
the South Vietnamese people."
The Helsinki Congress also warmly ac-
claimed, "The mass movements which are
continually gaining in broad support and in-
tensity among the people of many lands, in-
cluding the United States of America itself,
who are expressing their solidarity with the
people of Vietnam against the imperialist
U.S. aggressors."
KNEW CF PROTESTS
Oh, yes, they knew in Helsinki about at-
tempts to organize a volunteer brigade of
Americans to join the Vietcong against
American troops. This plan, it will be re-
called, was aired by Ron B. Ramsay of Comp-
ton at a meeting of the extreme left I at-
tended.
And they knew about and saluted efforts
to halt troop and arms trains, by the Berke-
ley Vietnam protests committee, I could see
from a report of the Congress I found in the
San Francisco DuBois office.
They knew in Helsinki about these efforts
3 weeks before they happened.
The Los Angeles DuBois officially states
that "many of the resolutions passed at the
Helsinki peace congress have particular rele-
vance to the future of the DuBois clubs."
The extreme left in the United States is
preoccupied with the Vietnam issue, obvi-
ously, and not only through the traditional
Socilaist-oriented groups, but through the
civil rights movement and pacifist groups
based onmoral and religious sentiment.
Elsewhere in this series I spell out the links
between these various peace movements.
The links between the anti-Vietnam war ef-
fort and Moscow are a matter of public
record.
However, because the Communist Party
and its sympathizers are using this cause to
further their own aims does not necessarily
mean that all pacifists are pro-Communist-
as perhaps Robert Welch of the John Birch
Society would have us believe.
,Here Is an official pronouncement on this
point:
"There is an unfortunate tendency to pin
the Communist label on any radical organi-
zation with which one may disagree.
"The complete foolishness of this attitude
is as dangerous and reprehensible as that
which insists that everyone who joins a Com-
munist front organization is necessarily sub-
versive."
COMMITTEE STATEMENT.
That statement is from the most recent
report of the Senate Factflnding Committee
on Un-American Activities of the California
Legislature.
Not all of my investigation of the ultra-
left was carried on in coffee houses and pri-
vate homes. Some of it was hard, dull work
documenting the movement from a hundred
different written sources.
But the task was rewarded with the un-
covering of gems like this in research from
the House of Representatives report on Viet-
nam protests: k
"While most individuals who have taken
part in demonstrations of this type were not
directly influenced by the Communist Party,
the 'Communists have endorsed and sup-
ported any group which organizes such a
demonstration.
"This policy was established (at a meeting
of the top Communist Party leaders in June
1964, the month DuBois Club was born)
when Jack Stachel, member of the party's
national committee, proposed the formation
of a united front of Communists, other leftist
groups, trade unions, peace organizations,
Negro organizations, and churches to pro-
mote a campaign in opposition to U.S. policy
in southeast Asia."
The quote is from Representative H. ALLEN
SMITH of California before the House last
May 3.
26509
COMMUNIST LINE
He went on to cite DuBois Club participa-
tion in the demonstrations "following the
Communist Party U.S.A. line on Vietnam just
as it has paralleled Communist policy since
its founding."
Dorothy Healey, southern California Dis-
trict Chairman for the Communist Party,
and Gus Hall, national spokesman, also
pressed for action on the Vietnam protest.
This article started in Helsinki and now is
leading back there again.
The previous peace festival in Helsinki
was attended by, among others, a core of
leaders who met to organize the DuBois clubs
last year. They were the Hallinan brothers,
Michael and Terence, sons of Communist-
linked attorney Vincent Hallinan of San
Francisco; Mike Myerson, DuBois Club
leader and Vietnam writer; and Kenneth
Cloke, from the Bay Area, also a DuBois pub-
lication writer. '
ACTIVISTS JUMP To CAPITALIZE ON WATTS
RIOT
(EDITOR'S NoTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left in
Los Angeles. This is the ninth in a series
of articles on who the leaders are, what they
are trying to acomplish and how they are
trying to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
On Thursday, August 12, I witnessed a
startling abrupt change in the whole opera-
tion and direction of the DuBois Clubs, Con-
gress of Unrepresented People (COUP) and
Committee to End the War in Vietnam.
Los Angeles was erupting in its most vio-
lent rampage in history and, as a parttime
corerspondent for -a foreign wire service, I
plunged into coverage of the riot scene at
Watts.
I had completely forgotten for a brief few
hours that my principal reporting job was
an inside story on the organization of the
extreme left for the Evening Outlook, a job
which required joining these organizations.
But when I returned to my home that
night, the phone rang and I was immediately
recalled to my primary job.
it was Ann Smith of Burbank, a pacifist
and member of the Committee to End the
War in Vietnam. She often did telephone
contact work.
CAN YOU PICKET?
Excitedly she told me, "We've called an
emergency meeting and we're going to set
up picket lines right away. Can you make
it?"
"Picket lines?" I asked.
"We're picketing Chief (W. H.) Parker
on the police brutality issue in Watts," she
said.
I said, "I don't get it. What's Watts got
to do with the Vietnam protest commit-
tee?"
"You know,". she replied, "it's all the same
thing."
NEWSMAN BECOMES ANGRY
I said I'd try to make it. She gave me an
address and I jotted it down. But I was
personally angry at the idea of anyone try-
ing to take political advantage of the Watts
upheaval I had just witnessed.
From' that moment on, at DuBois or Viet-
nam committee meetings, I never heard
Vietnam mentioned again.
With reluctance I joined the picket lines
at the police station in downtown Los
Angeles.
"Chief Parker Must Go," "End Police
Brutality," the signs read. Some of the signs
had been hastily painted on the back of used
"Get Out of Vietnam" posters.
Although I was surprised at the time, I can
understand the connection between Watts
and Vietnam. I recall the dozens of inci-
dents I saw that show much of the "enemy"
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26510
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October 19, 1965
as are the extreme left's belief that the police
of America are as those who establish our
Asian foreign policy.
THEY HATE SYMBOL
These people are not particularly against
the men and women who wear the police
uniforms, but the uniform itself is a symbol
Of authority in the United States, and they
hate it.
From the very first contact with the
Du]3ois Club in Venice I recall the police
brutality poster prominently displayed.
There were identical posters in the office of
the national DuBois in San Francisco, and
in the Student Non-Violent Coordinating
Committee (NVAC) office in Hollywood.
PAMPHLETS PUBLISHED
Picketing isn't all we did.
The scene shifts to the Venice DuBois
headquarters, where their mimeograph ma-
chine immediately began spouting pamphlets
making It clear that the extreme left is on
the side of the Negro.
The pamphlets were the customary fact-
starved, slanted appeals aimed more at mak-
ing friends among the Negroes than at help-
ing them.
Before the fires stopped smouldering, the
extreme left crews were in action in the riot
area trying to help, to blame and to organize.
John Haag, area DuBois chairman, directed
members to channel funds for freeing jailed
rioting suspects through the swiftly created
I remember flipping through a Congress of "South Side Defense Committee."
Racial Equality booklet, a devastating par- The committee, formed to assist riot area
trait of Dixie in pictures. One picture Negroes in getting legal assistance, set up
showed a police officer making an obscene ) headquarters at 326 West Third Street, the
fident the picture would never appear in
print.
That kind of action by one police officer
is seized upon and turned to the advantage
of the extreme left.
POLICE DOWNGRADED
In their rough work, police everywhere are
being likened to the "villian-cops" of the
South, who are cast as "heavies" because they
enforce unpopular and sometimes, it's been
proven, unconstitutional laws.
There was a vague comprehension in the
extreme left before the Watts riots of some
kind of potential for agitation against the
police.
One night a month before the outbreak-
on July 15-the subject came up while I
was at the home of Jimmy Garrett, a Negro
field man for the Student Nonviolent Co-
ordinating Committee and an organizer of
the Congress of Unrepresented People.
I noted at the time that Garrett had a
sarcastic "Support Your Local Police" sign
on his door, the same as in the Venice West
coffee house operated by Los Angeles area
DuBois Chairman John Haag.
CONVERSATION RECALLED
My notes on my conversation with Gar-
rett read as follows: "Garrett offered the sug-
gestion that the hatred of poverty-stricken
south and east Los Angeles residents for
police could be the basis for a cause, i.e.,
'Stop police murder of Negroes.' "
But the extreme left was depressed about
the possibilities. For example, the day be-
fore the riots started, Robert Hall, a member
of the Vietnam committee, told his fellow
members:
"The idea of politics;.[ organizing in south
Los Angeles is hopeless. They'll listen to
anybody, but then they just walk off and
forget it."
Hall, who is also a member of the Non-
violent Action Committee, which is head-
quartered in the riot zone, suggested to the
committee that the organizing be done
through clubs and churches in the area.
THEY WERE UNAWARE, TOO
No one I know in the ranks of the extreme
left knew in advance that that Negro up-
rising would take place, or if they did, they
kept it secret.
But once the uprising was a fact, the pic-
ture changed immediately. I know several
extreme left Negroes who were in the thick
of the rioting, or said they were, starting
Thursday. They said they were there as ob-
servers only, but they participated in bring-
ing Negroes in the area to march in the
picket line I joined in front of Chief Parker's
headquarters.
At an emergency meeting of the Vietnam
Commmittee, a Negro spokesman for the Non-
violent Action Committee told the Cauca-
sians present, "If you don't get down there
(to picket) right away, don't ever show your
white faces in the Negro district again."
location of the Committee to Protect the
Foreign Born, a cited Communist-front
organization.
CRASH PROGRAM
I was appointed to another committee to
prepare a comprehensive booklet of some 50
pages on the causes of the rioting and "po-
lice abuses" before and during the rioting.
According to our instructions, it was to be
a crash production, modeled after the DuBois
San Francisco booklet, "The War in Viet-
nam," and would be distributed throughout
Negro and white areas nationally.
The same night we drew up and mimeo-
graphed a questionnaire to be used in inter-
views with Negro rioters.
My fellow committee members were Tom
Garrison, Marvin Treiger, Vic Oliver, Chris
Davis, Ron Ridenour, and Robert Hall.
We represented not only DuBois, but NVAC,
the Vietnam protest, COUP, and I don't know
how many other causes.
As we planned the booklet, I winced in
watching a format pieced together that
would only further arouse animosity toward
the harassed police.
PROPAGANDA MACHINERY
(EDITOR's NOTE: Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left in
Los Angeles. This is the 10th article in a
series on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to accomplish and how they
are trying to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Until I talked to the Vietnam Day Com-
mittee in Berkeley early in August, they
didn't even know there was a separate Viet-
nam protest group in Los Angeles.
They were eager to meet me. "Let's set up
a contact right now and keep in touch,"
one of the Berkeley full-time staffers said.
"Where do you meet?" he asked me.
I was taken aback by the apparent lack
of contact between Los Angeles and San
Francisco Vietnam protests, having gone
there to see if there were parallels, as seemed
evident.
"Up to now," said another of the four
Berkeley full-time staffers, "our only con-
tacts in Los Angeles have been Darrel Myers
and Jim Gallagher. Know them?"
"Oh," I said. That explained everything.
GETS TO RIGHT PLACE
Myers is the Young Socialist Alliance
chairman and Gallagher the Socialist Party
board member on. the Los Angeles Commit-
tee to End the War in Vietnam.
Berkeley's protesters had been sending all
their pamphlets and propaganda to them,
and, of course, it got to the right places.
This is one of a hundred similar links be-
tween extreme left organizations, whose
mimeograph machines day and night spew
out each others propaganda and pamphlets.
COLLABORATORS RECKLESS
Sometimes the collaboration in propa-
ganda borders on the reckless.
One San Francisco Vietnam protest leader
complained to me that the Progressive Labor
Movement had asked for his group's support
in an upcoming event, and he told them he'd
think about it.
"Then, before I made up my mind, they
went ahead and printed everything with our
name on it," he said.
When the Vietnam committee in Los An-
geles was organizing the local congress of
unrepresented people (COUP) we were
thrashing about for a name.
I stood and spoke out, "How about 'the
committee for a new government?'',
MORE SUBTLE TITLE
A cheer, approving laughter and applause
swept the gathering at Mount Hollywood
Church.
But something more appropriate finally
appeared on the handbills: "COUP."
The initials of my proposed name for the
conlrnittee would work out as CNG, which is
meaningless. The meaning of COUP is about
as subtle as a hammer.
COUP literature was printed and circulated
by the Socialist Labor Party, DuBois, and
other groups.
In San Francisco, DuBois mimeographed
handbills promoting the August 7 rally of
the congress of unrepresented people in Union
Square with the Vietnam Day Committee
supplying the speakers.
DuBois' tieup with the Vietnam issue in
the San Francisco Bay area also is evident in
the distribution of the Michael Myerson
pamphlet, "The U.S. War in Vietnam."
VIET ISSUES PRESSED
In Los Angeles and San Francisco areas
alike, one-sided questionnaires on the Viet-
nam issue are being carried around door to
door, in the former by DuBois Clubs, and in
the latter by the Vietnam protesters.
Jimmy Garrett of the Student Nonviolent
Coordinating Committee, speaking at a rally
led by the Socialist Workers Party, pointed
out that the Vietnam questionnaires were
slanted, calculated to find people who might
join the cause. Such people then are asked
to sponsor neighborhood coffee discussions
on the ills of the Vietnam situation.
The questionnaire is an obvious recruiting
device. Propaganda is a fertile tool in the
left's war of ideas. The principle of free
speech, however, works both ways.
Take, for example, a Vietnam protest rally
I attended the afternoon of July 31 at the
Federal Building in downtown Los Angeles.
HANNON SPEAKS
When I arrived, an antipicket picket line
of American Nazis was storming back and
forth, chanting, "Reds must go."
As soon as the television cameramen lost
interest in them, the Nazis packed up and
left.
All the "in group" extreme left was in at-
tendance, I noted, and we were using for
the most part the same picket signs we used
at the Hollywood Palladium earlier in the
month,
When suspended Police Officer Mike Han-
non stepped to the microphone as the main
speaker, he won my admiration for sheer
guts.
Hannon, suspended for his Congress of
Racial Equality activities, knew he was ad-
dressing a crowd of militant leftists.
"I don't think the United States has any
legitimate business in Vietnam and we are
supporting a government there that is not
the government; of the people," he started
out.
Then, as an expectant hush fell on the
audience, he said: "But Ho Chi Minh's gov-
ernment would be no improvement. And
under his type of government, people like
you and me wouldn't get a chance to speak
out like this. Troublemakers like me are
taken off ,omewhere and shot."
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE
THREE APPLAUD "
A decided coolness settled on the bright
afternoon crowd at this lack of endorsement
for a glorious Red leader. In the pause, three
people applauded briefly: a woman with the
Strike for Peace, a curious young male passer-
by who had stopped, and a man I suspected
as a police. infiltrator.
Hannon had made a good point.
The writers of the radical causes, perhaps
leaning too far to correct what they consider
to be false pictures painted In the rightist
press, generally are guilty of one-sidedness
and omissions in their own reports.
CLOKE'S VERSION
Witness this lovely picture of the World
Youth Festival for Peace and Friendship, as
told by Kenneth Cloke, of Berkeley, in the
DuBois magazine, Insurgent:
"For 10 days Israelis will hug Egyptians,
South Africans will dance with the Dutch,
Englishmen will kiss their Irish brothers,"
The truth is that the Arabs threatened to
boycott the scene if their Israeli brothers
poked one Jewish nose into the affair. The
whole peace festival was canceled abruptly
when Ben Bella was overthrown and all the
Reds went into hiding.
I personally saw one effect of propaganda
when interviewing rioters at Lincoln Heights
Jail for News Limited of Australia.
Halting a Negro just freed on bail, I in-
troduced myself and asked for his view of
the riot story.
"It was a frame-up man," he told me, and
went on to described in monosyllabic, clear-
cut language how the cops got the goods
on him.
But in this genuine flow of words he
dropped phrases like "police brutality," "eco-
nomically deprived," and others, which
struck a note of unnatural expression.
These are the terms harped on in hundreds
of leftist circulars and by repetition have
become part of the idiom. It is not a far
stretch of the imagination to envision "U.S.
,imperialists" becoming a common phrase.
Skilled propagandists are at work in many
phases of the extreme left movement. They
quote Asian Red newspapers for an inside
view of what really is happening in Vietnam,
and seemingly exposing secrets of a hush-
hush massacre, neglect to point out that an
American verion of the same atrocities is
available in American newspapers.
Which version is true? I never met an
American reporter who wouldn't break his
neck to uncover a scandal such as-a massacre
of villagers would create In this country's
government circles.
I can't say if the official Communist press
In other countries is a stickler for accuracy.
But, a British expert in oriental affairs
reports in Time magazine, July 16, "Hanoi's
three dailies take up great swatches of space
reporting U.S. teach-ins and predicting the
ultimate rejection of the war by the Ameri-
can people."
So the Vietnam protest propaganda is hav-
ing Its effects on both sides of the ocean.
PEACE LEADERS SET NATIONWIDE EXPLOSION
DATE
(EDITOR'S NOTE.-Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
ground as a member of the extreme left in
Los Angeles. This is the 11th in a series of
articles on who the leaders are, what they
are attempting to accomplish and how they
are trying to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
The peace movement has declared war.
If the extreme left has Its way, the Viet-
cong will gain a big victory 2 weeks from now
not in the jungles of South Vietnam, but on
a "front" here at home.
During my 2 months as an undercover re-
porter inside the organizations of the extreme
left, I learned a lot about what can be ex-
pected.
"The next step for us must be massive civil
disobedience," urges the Berkeley Vietnam
Day Committee in literature distributed In
Los Angeles and elsewhere.
Organizing a nationwide "militant direct
action" for October 15-16, the Berkeley
spokesmen trumpeted that "Our massive
civil disobedience aimed at blocking the U.S.
war machine will send shock waves from
Maine to California, and from the United
States to all parts of the world."
PROTEST AGENDA OUTLINED
"For example," suggests Berkeley's com-
mittee, "we might consider en masse break-
ing of the Espionage Act of 1917 and the
Selective Service Act."
Also on the agenda for the protest is a
massive demonstration at the Oakland Army
Terminal in an effort to tie up shipment of
equipment to Vietnam.
I "unjoined" myself from the extreme left
early in September, but I've heard since
through the grapevine that President John-
son will get the "picket treatment" person-
ally if he visits the west coast as scheduled
the same weekend.
The idea is to carry the Vietnam protest
to the doorway of the Beverly Hilton Hotel,
where plans calls for him to speak October
15, and to his San Francisco hotel the next
day.
(Subsequent to the writing of this article,
President Johnson announced he would be
operated on to remove his gall bladder, forc-
ing the cancellation of his plan to came to
the west coast.)
These bold proposals are being voiced by
an organization which 6 months ago existed
only in the minds of some civil rights and
Berkeley free speech movement activists.
I first learned of the October 15-16 plans
in August from Rick Wolff, of New Haven,
Conn., then a newly appointed national co-
ordinator for the protest movement,
He met me on the roof of Dykstra Hall, a
UCLA campus dormitory. He said he was
from out of town and had picked up my
name as a contact man for the Congress of
Unrepresented People (COUP) in which I
was active.
"I can't stress enough the importance of
the October 15-16 protests," he said. "This
can be the turning point In our development
as a political force."
"Are you from the Berkeley unit?" I
asked.
REVEALS BACKGROUND
He said he was a Yale graduate student
and he and another man had been appointed
at the COUP rally in Washington to coordi-
nate the Vietnam protest nationally.
"We've been going from city to city across
the country stressing the need for concerted
action," Wolff told me.
I remembered that the Communist-line
newspaper Peoples World had reported the
formation of a coordinating unit, upon the
suggestion of the Berkeley leaders.
Pledging my full cooperation, I obtained
from him the necessary facts to set up a con-
nection with the temporary headquarters in
Madison, Wis.
Frank Emspak Is the man to contact there,
he told me.
NAMES MENTIONED
Wolff asked me if I knew about Jim Ber-
hand, UCLA free speech movement activist
and West Los Angeles DuBois member. I
told him I knew who he was. Wolff said he
had Berland's name and that of Lucy Cloyd,
also of West Los Angeles DuBois, and Bob
Niemann, of the UCLA Vietnam Committee.
It would have been difficult to pursue the
name game with Wolff much longer.
I didn't want to tell him that I delib-
erately steered clear of the campus Vietnam
activists because of my past assignments as
an Evening Outlook reporter.
I had covered the free speech movement
developments there during and after the
26511
Berkeley crisis and had interviewed student
leaders-some of whom, I suspected, I might
run into as a Vietnam protestor.
That might have led to recognition and
embarrassing questions and a lot of explain-
ing, and I didn't want to have to do that
if I could avoid it.
The Vietnam Protest Committee and, allied
organizations are gathering momentum with
astounding speed and rapidly expanding their
physical facilities.
The Berkeley Vietnam Committee, which
formally organized last May after a campus
speak-in, now has a fully staffed office at
2407 Fulton Street.
In Los Angeles, the Vietnam Committee
meets regularly at the Mount Hollywood
Church, 4601 Prospect Avenue.
DuBois, which opened its Venice head-
quarters at 5 Dudley Avenue only last July,
opened a central Los Angeles office at 1733
Temple Street, September 14.
JOINT HEADQUARTERS
Students for a Democratic Society late in
July announced plans to open a Los Angeles
office and offered to join the Congress of
Unrepresented People in a. general "move-
ment" headquarters.
And there's a fully-staffed Marxist school
now operating in Los Angeles.
I found out about this development after
the Federal Building rally in downtown Los
Angeles July 31. We proceeded from there
to 1853 South Arlington Avenue for a "paint-
ing party."
COURSES DESCRIBED
On the second floor, we slapped some dozen
rooms with a coat of paint in preparation for
opening of the New Left School.
It offers to the public courses in Marxism,
"imperialism" and the strategy for opposing
it internationally, American Negro history,
and labor, among other fields.
Most of the organizers of the New Left
School already have been mentioned in this
series:
Darrell Meyers, of the Young Socialist Alli-
ance, John Haag of DuBois, Jimmy Garrett
of the Student Non-Violent Coordinating
Committee, Don Smith of the Congress of
Racial Equality, Hugh Manes of the Ameri-
can Civil Liberties Union, Margaret Thorpe
of the Students for a Democratic Society,
James Gallagher of the Socialist Party, and
Dorothy Healey, Southern California Com-
munist Party chairman.
Writers John Howard Lawson and Harvard
Wheeler also are among the 17 listed "asso-
ciates" of the New Left School, but the only
other organizations represented are the Cen-
ter for the Study of Democratic Institutions,
and Unitarians.
The instructors will include Marvin Trei-
ger, who was on the DuBois committee with
me preparing a slanted antipolice booklet
on the Watts riots.
He also was chairman of the Youth for
Peace and Socialism and has spoken at UCLA
in that capacity. A Marvin Trelger was 1
of 98 arrested in the rights demonstration
at the Federal Building in Los Angeles last
March.
Paul Perlin, another instructor, has been
active in the Young Communist League and
Communist-front activities since the 1930's.
Others Include "Failsafe" author Wheeler,
Dorothy Healey, Socialist Workers Party
Chairman Theodore Edwards, and Don
Wheeldin, Pasadena CORE chairman.
POLITICAL INVASION
Meanwhile, on the political front, forma-
tion of a new party, with the respectability
of the civil rights cause and the fire of the
peace movement is being pressed in Los
Angeles.
Stepped up ultra-left activity on all fronts
is In the offing, particularly in the police
brutality issue in the aftermath of the Watts
violence, and in the Vietnam issue due to the
escalating pace of the war.
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
26512 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October 19, 1965
Vietnam Is perhaps the key issue, since the
war there is considered a test of whether
U.B. counterinsurgency tactics can force
"people's revolutions" to the negotiations
table.
PRESSES POINT
I heard Carl Bloice of the DuBois national
office press the urgency of the point.
"There are other people's revolutions in
the offing," he said alter returning from
Helsinki and Moscow this summer.
Bloice's statement was recalled to my mind
by this one from the Berkeley plans for
October 15-16:
"Vietnam, like Mississippi, is not an aber-
ration--it is a mirror of America. Vietnam
is American foreign policy; it Is only that
in Peru, Bolivia, and South Africa the rev-
olutionary movement has not yet progressed
to the point where napalm and marines are
necessary."
Bloice brought the following piece of news
from the Comunist World to a select DuBois
gathering, including myself and my wife, one
night recently:
"I can promise you this, There is going
to be a revolution in South Africa. I can't
say exactly when, but it will be before next
July 4"
VIETNAM ISSUE IS TEST CASE FOR REVOLUTION
(Earroa's NoTE.--,Jerry LeBlanc, Evening
Outlook staff writer, spent 2 months under-
gound as a member, of the extreme left In
Los Angeles. This is the 12th and final arti-
cle in a series on who the leaders are, what
they are attempting to accomplish and how
they are trying to do it.)
(By Jerry LeBlanc)
Early In September I withdrew abruptly
from my activities in the DuBois Club, the
Committee to End the War in Vietnam, and
the Congress of Unrepresented People.
A coworker on my DuBois committee to
prepare a Watts riot brochure carne to my
door and I just handed over my files to him.
I told him I had to drop the project and
be reacted with surprise, but I explained:
"I know it's sudden but I've taken on a job
writing a series of articles, and it's going to
take all my time for the next few weeks.
It's an impossible conflict."
SO Instead Of a Marxist-slanted riot book-
let, I sat down and wrote this series.
If any of my revolutionary acquaintances
would new like to punch me in the nose, I
urge him to remember the peace movement.
"I'M NOBODY'S ENEMY"
I am nobody's enemy, only a reporter. I
wrote of what I saw and participated in.
Those still unable to restrain their aggres-
sion toward me should make an appointment
with the switchboard operator. She can fight
better than I can.
Looking back over this series, browsing
through more than 50 pages of notes, hun-
dreds of leaflets and brochures that the ex-
treme left put out, and stacks of other source
materials, I reflected on my brief 2-month
stand with the revolutionaries.
Early in my undercover assignment, an
attractive brunette said to me, "Isn't it great
how this peace Issue is bringing every Social-
ist in town out of the woodwork?"
ALLIANCE UNDENIABLE
"'Yeah," I replied, "there seems to be a lot
of different interests all getting out and
working together on the same thing."
The fact of an alliance of the pacifists,
the militant civil rights workers, the campus
rebels, and the variegated Socialist groupings
has been amply indicated. in this series.
An I have stated, I never knowngly met a
Communist Party card-carrier, but that's old
hat anyway. The new left snickers at the
Idea..
Steve Roberts, 67, a member of the "old"
left for years and onetime Socialist Work-
ere Party candidate for Governor of Cali-
fornia, still keeps up with the modern-day
leftists, showing up at all their major func-
tions.
"You young people," he told one gather-
ing, with a paternal smile, "you have really
got the spirit. My generation tried its best
and now we are just sort of sitting back
and watching, but you youngsters have really
got something going."
Roberts also was prominent In the Fair
Play for Cuba Committee, the biggest leftist
concentration preceding the Vietnam protest.
One of that organization's national spon-
sors, by the way, was the late Dr. W. E. B.
DuBois, for whom the DuBois clubs were
named.
A new type of revolutionary may be
emerging In organizations such as the Du-
Bois and Vietnam committees, my obser-
vations indicate.
The new extreme left organizations across
In the wake of the McCarran-Smith Acts,
which ban the Communist Party as a sub-
versive organization dedicated to the violent
Overthrow of the Government.
Today's revolutionaries openly vow the
overthrow of the Government, but through
political action which aims to bring the
Socialist movement into power.
This tactic would seem to be the only
practical approach for carrying out such
an aim In this country.
In smaller, undeveloped nations, where
one major city dominates, a student riot,
for instance, can lead to the seizure of radio
stations and swift declaration of a coup.
In the United States there are just too
many cities.
HAAG VIEW REVEALED
Talking with John Haag, Los Angeles area
DuBois chairman at his Venice coffehouse
one night shortly after the Watts riots, I
pointed out, "The Negroes literally took over
a 50-square-mile section of the city before
the National Guard got here.
"Suppose," I suggested, "a core of 1,000 or
1,500 trained guerillas or rebels, or whatever
you'd call them, moved In and took com-
mand. They could have seized the radio
and television stations, the police would be
outnumbered, and the rebels would have
control of the city."
"Then what would you do?" said Haag.
"You'd just have Los Angeles-until the Na-
tional Guard moved in"
He smiled. The Possibility of simultane-
ous revolts in all of the major cities could
not be taken seriously.
But then, from what I saw, no one, not
even the Socialists, expected Watts to revolt
either.
I do believe there is abundant evidence
that the old-school Communists enjoy and
take advantage of the strife caused by the
civil. rights youth and peace movements.
As for Vietnam, and why the extreme left
is able to build a growing protest around the
situation, even the Communist party Iilfer
I have quoted admits this is a new type of
war, "a test case" for the future of "people's
revolutions."
Ignorance of the facts in the war and nat-
ural sympathy with the underdog may be
taken advantage of.
Perhaps the Federal Government is ex-
periencing a breakdown in communications
with a segment of the people who do not
find the current war has been justified to
them, because the people of the extreme left
I met generally are sincere in this belief.
LACK OF COMMUNICATIONS
Similarly, I heard that lack of commu-
nication between local law enforcement di-
rectors and a segment of the people has been
suggested as P. probable contributing factor
in the Los Angeles riots, which have been
described as a protest,
I can understand that the tactic of using
political muscle to upset the capitalist
power structure is perfectly legitimate in
this democracy. But I have cited the grow-
ing trend to use civil disobedience as a tool
to overthrow conditions which are believed to
be wrong, a move which tends to undermine
confidence in all authority and particularly
in the representatives of the law.
This seems to be the heart of the new
revolution, when these self appointed minor-
ities proclaim, as they have, that their cause
is so right it exceeds the law itself, and tears
down the whole system as the enemy,
rather than trying to correct things through
the legal process provided in a society which
the majority decree.
The results always resemble riots, It seems,
whethAr they occur in Dixie, Berkeley or Los
Angeles.
At all the meetings and diverse functions
I attended, despite all the talk about the
bleeding Vietnamese people, no one ever took
up a collection to send material aid to the
people there. No one organized a food or
clothing drive, or suggested an orphanage.
The 250 people who joined in on one Pal-
ladium picket line in July for 5 hours put
in a total of roughly 1,250 hours of hard
walking. I remember figuring as I walked
that this represents 156 working days,
enough effort to make a major contribution
to the cause of relieving misery, frustration,
and Ignorance among humans.
The picketers couldn't all go to Vietnam
with the Red Cross, but they could have gone
to Watts.
And with that little bit of philosophy, I'll
sign off.
AMERICAN ART EXHIBITION TRAV-
ELS TO JAPAN-A PERSON-TO-
PERSON CULTURAL EXCHANGE
(Mr. MAT.LLIARD (at the request of
Mr. HALL) was granted permission to ex-
tend his remarks at this point in the
RECORD and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. MAIL.LIARD. Mr. Speaker, cul-
tural exchange programs are an impor-
tant part of America's effort to favorably
project its image to the peoples of the
world. All too often, it is the large, pub-
Ile-supported program that receives the
greatest amount of publicity and support.
Yet the action of a few individuals may
do as much to foster good will and un-
derstanding. I would like my colleagues
to know of a forthcoming cultural event
which will be the result of a person-to-
person cultural exchange program.
On October 22, an exhibition of Ameri-
can art sponsored by Dr. Frits A. Win-
blad, of San Francisco's Winblad Gal-
leries, will open in Tokyo, Japan, at the
IchibankanGalleries. This event is most
significant because it represents the first
time in art history that a gallery-to-gal-
lery showing has traveled from this
country to Japan. The work of 30 con-
temporary American artists from
throughout the United States will be dis-
played.
This exhibition will be the culmination
of several years of effort by the popular
Japanese artist, Takohito Mikami. Mr.
Mikami came to San Francisco in 1957
under State Department auspices. Since
that time, he has taught at the Presidio
at Monterey, Calif., and his art; classes at
both Stanford and the University of Cali-
fornia were very well-received. He has
taught art nationwide on television under
the aegis of the National Educational
Television Network. And his accom-
plishments as an artist are well known;
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD HOUSE.
MUNCIE, IND.,
October 18, 1965.
Congressman CARL PERKINS, - - -
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
We would appreciate your support of the
conference committee request on higher ed-
ucatton bill (H.R. 9567) provision regarding
National Teachers Corps, fellowships for
teachers and grants to Institutions of higher
education for improved teache education
particuarly significant to Ball State and the
quality of our Teacher Education program.
JOHN R. EMENS,
President, Ball State University.
CASPER, WYO.,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Will appreciate your assistance and sup-
port of conference report on H.R. 9567 the
Higher Education Act of 1965 regarding
scholarships for teachers in special education.
. , VERDA, JAMES,
Legislation Chairman,
Special Classes for the Handicapped, Inc.
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.,
October 18, 1965.
Representative CARL PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Sincerely hope you and your colleagues ac-
cept the conference committee report on the
higher education bill as given.
WESLEY J. F. GRABOW,
Director of Audiovisual Education Serv-
ice, University of Minnesota.
EAST ILL ST. LOUIS,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Our members urge you to support the con-
ference report of House bill 9657.
CAHOKIA CHAPTER,
Illinois Council for Exceptional Children.
CASPER, Wyo., October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL PERKINS,
U.S. House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Urge support of conference report on H.R.
9567, scholarships for teachers in special
education,
PAUL E. ELLENBERG,
Wyoming Association for
Retarded Children..
LINCOLN, NEBR., October 18,1965..
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D. C.:
All Nebraskans urging support and passage
H.R. 9567, Higher Education Act, Tuesday
19th, and opposing recommitment to com-
mittee.
FRANK A. LUNDY,
'University of Nebraska Libraries.
HENNIKER, N.H.,
CARL D. PERKINS,
Chairman, House Subcommittee on Educa-
tion, Washington, D.C.:
Urge quick passage of amended higher ed-
ucation bill of 1965, the one bill in support of
small colleges.
H. RAYMOND DANFORTH,
President, New England College.
IOWA CITY, IOWA,.-
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Higher Education Act must meet House
test Tuesday. Hope you will support pass-
age of act in present form, which could be of
enormous benefit to higher education. Ap-
parently critics are attacking Teacher Corps
provision on ground that local control of edu-
cation jeopardized. In my judgment, local
control fully assured, and Teachers Corps
would make significant contribution.
HOWARD R. BowEN,
President, University of.Iowa.
GAS CITY, IND.,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
Representative, House Office Building,
Washington, D.C..
Please be present and vote against motion
to recommit H.R. 9567. .
INDIANA NORTHERN UNIVERSITY.
BOSTON, MASS.,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
Representative, House Office Building,
Washington, D.C.:
He H.R. 9567, Fisher Junior College urges
you to vote against-motion to recommit this
bill.
S. L. FISHER,
President.
GROTON, MASS.,
October 18, 1965.
Representative CARL PERKINS,
Washington, D.C.:
Vote "Yes" on higher education bill.
LODEMA BIXBY.
FITCHBURG, MASS.
Rayburn House Office Building,
Washington, D.C.:
The National Education Association's
Board of Directors, by formal resolution on
October 17, reaffirmed the NEA's support
of the conference report on H\R. 9567, the
Higher Education Act of 1965, including the
Teacher Corps program. The NEA board
represents the 940,000 members of the asso-
ciation. We urge your continued outstand-
ing leadership to secure enactment of this
vitally important legislation before the close
of the first session of the 89th Congress.
JOHN M. LUMLEY,
Director, Division of Federal Relations,
National Education Association.
ROCKFORD, ILL.,
October 18, 1965.
Representative CARL PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
TCEC No. 39 of the Rockford area encour-
ages your support of H.R. 9567 when it comes
out of the conference committee, Tuesday,
October 19, 1965.
NAOMI THALEN,
Secretary.
MOREHEAD, KY.,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Congress of the United States,
Washington, D.C.:
The industrial arts faculty at Morehead
State College takes this opportunity to urge
you to vote against the motion to recommit
H.R. 9567 and to vote for the conference
report on H.R. 9567. We certainly are grate-
ful to you for the leadership you have so
ably demonstrated in supporting legislation
affecting other phases of education and trust
that you will support the provision for the
NDEA Institute for Industrial Arts in the
same manner.
NORMAN ROBERTS,
ROBERT NEWTON,
CLYDE HACKLER,
ED NASS,
Dr. C. NELSON GROTE,
J. T. MAYS.
26481
LEXINGTON, KY.,
October 18, 1965.
Representative CARL PERKINS,
Rayburn House Office Building,
Washington, D.C.:
I was happy to talk with you about H.R.
9567. If you can, in conscience, continue
to oppose recommital of the bill and vote for
its passage, higher education in Kentucky
include the university and all our new com-
munity colleges will benefit therefrom.
STUART FORTH,
Director of Libraries,
University of Kentucky.
NEW YORK, N.Y.,
October 19, 1965.
CARL D. PERKINS,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C:
We strongly support conference bill H.R.
9567 for higher education and urge its
prompt ratification by the Congress.
CLARENCE C. WALTON,
Dean, School of General Studies,
Columbia University.
HARRISBURG, PA.,
October 19, 1965.
Representative CARL D. PERKINS,
House Office, Building,
Washington, D.C.:
We respectfully urge prompt action on the
Higher Education Act of 1965 in the version
agreed upon by the conferees. It-will provide
essential support to higher education in areas
of strategic need. Title VI, by assisting use
of new media, will update instruction, vital-
ize teaching, and provide increased educa-
tional opportunity for more students. We
request your support.
MARCUS KONICK,
Director, Bureau of Instructional Ma-
terials and Service, Pennsylvania De-
partment of Public Instruction.
NEWTON, MASS.,
October 18, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
House Office Building,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
We call your attention to Tuesday's motion
to recommit H.R. 9567 to ask your support
in voting against this motion.
Sister ROBERTA DEAN,
Quinas School.
PITTSBURGH, PA.,
October 19, 1965.
Hon. CARL D. PERKINS,
U.S. House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.:
Pennsylvania State Federation CEC with
over 2,000 members urge supportive 'action
on Higher Education Act, H.R. 9567.
LORRAINE R. BRISKMAN,
State Legislative Chairman.
STUDENT DEMONSTRATIONS MUST
NOT BE MISINTERPRETED
(Mr. BOGGS asked and was given
permission to address the House for 1
minute, and to revise and extend his
remarks.)
Mr. BOGGS. Mr. Speaker, press re-
ports today indicate that the radio and
other forms of propaganda. communica-
tion in the Communist world have given
a great deal of publicity to the so-called
student demonstrations held in this
country during the past several. days.
I am cel:tain that I speak for all Amer-
icans when I say that Moscow, Peiping,
and Hanoi will have badly misread the
determination of the American people if
they give any significance to these so-
called demonstrations.
Approved For Release.2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005 9
 26482
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD -HOUSE October 19, 1965
The Congress of the United States, as
represented by both political parties, has
affirmed time and time again the dedi-
cation of the American people to live up
to the commitments which we have in
southeast Asia. Let there be no doubt
about that. These demonstrations have
been infiltrated by the Communists, but
they will have no success whatsoever.
They represent a tiny but vocal minority.
The President of the United States is
pursuing a policy which has the support
of the overwhelming majority of the
American people. I think it well that
the Communist world understand that
we shall not retire from Vietnam or
anywhere else in the world as long as
the commitments that they have made
there as elsewhere are not honored.
We intend to keep our word-we do not
intend to bow to Communist pressure or
Communist propaganda.
Mr. GERALD R. FORI). Mr. Speaker,
will the gentleman from Louisiana yield?
.Mr. BOGGS. I yield to the gentleman
from Michigan. .
Mr. GERALD R. FORD. Over the past
weekend, on several occasions, I, as a
strations. My reply has been that those
who acted irresponsibly by the burning of
draft cards and violent language have
acted in a shameful and disgusting man-
ner. They have been doing a great in-
justice to those who are fighting in Viet-
nam and those who are trying to be sure
and certain that Communist aggression
does not pay off.
I wish to assure the gentleman from
Louisiana and the President that as long
as our policy is one of firmness in South
Vietnam or elsewhere throughout the
world, we on this side of the aisle will
stand forthrightly in opposition to the
Kremlin and to Peiping.
Mr. BOGGS. Mr. Speaker, I thank the
tgentleman for his very fine statement.
V STATEMENT OF ONE SERVING IN
VIETNAM
(Mr. HOLLAND asked and was given
permission to address ' the House for 1
minute.)
Mr. HOLLAND. Mr. Speaker, I
should like to read a letter I received
from a young man who is serving in
Vietnam.
BIEN HOA AIR FORCE BASE,
September 16; 1965.
Hon. ELMER S. HOLLAND,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.
DEAR Sin: My travels upon graduating from
the Academy last year have carried me from
Fort Benning to Hawaii to Vietnam. I'm
now serving with a helicopter company at
Bien Hoa. I have a platoon of volunteer
"shot gunners" from the 25th Infantry Di-
vision in Hawaii. We ride as door gunners
on the helicopters during assaults. We are
all well equipped, well clothed, and well fed
here. Our company just received the latest
UH-1D helicopters made by Bell. They are
faster and more powerful than our old ones.
We work 7 days a. week, with our people
flying every day. It's pretty much the same
all over, but some people don't have the ad-
vantage of hot meals and a dry place to
sleep that we enjoy hefe at the air base. We
a tough life, but no one complains. People
do feel disappointed though when we read
in the papers about students trying to stop
troop trains and people rushing to get mar-
ried to avoid the draft.
It seems as though our strategy.is work- .
ing and we've turned the tide, but there is
still much to be done. The biggest mistake
we could make now is to stop bombing North
Vietnam. We learned in Korea that ne-
gotiations' can last for years if you let up
the pressure when you go to the conference
table. The American troops here are doing
real well. There is a growing impatience
with the armed Republic of Vietnam lack of
competence and initiative. It's a shame
Americans have to do all the dirty work, but
then these people have been fighting for
many years and probably don't realize the
gravity of the situation.
The pay raise was thoroughly appreciated
by all. I know it helped me a lot. I got
married in August. My wife's parents are
stationed at Schofield Barracks in Hawaii.
I enjoy my work as an officer In the Army
and wish to thank you-again for providing
serving here now and I run into them oc-
casionally at the most -improbable places.
espectfully yours,
THOMAS G. FAULDS,
2d Lieutenant, U.S. Army.
STUD,NT DEMONSTRATIONS
(Mr. DENT asked and was given per-
mission to address the House for 1 min-
ute and to revise and extend his re-
marks.)
Mr. ALBERT. Mr. Speaker, the gen-
tleman yield?
Mr. DENT. I yield to the majority
leader.
Mr. ALBERT. I thank the gentleman
for yielding.
Mr. Speaker, I take this time to say
I am very happy that the distinguished
Democratic whip and the distinguished
Republican leader have expressed what
I believe is not only the sentiment of
the leadership but, I am sure, the senti-
ment of this House with respect to the
military and political situation in Viet-
nam and also with respect to the mis-
guided, if not, in the case of some par-
ticipants in teach-ins and other demon-
strations, subversive acts which almost
amount to treason.
I believe the country and the world
should know that not only the leader-
ship but also the Congress is united in
supporting the President' and the action
he has taken and in announcing to the
world that these recent demonstrations
reflect only a minute sampling of sen-
timent within the ranks of a very small
minority of Our people and particularly
of our young people. Let friend and
foe alike know that our people are united
in their patriotism and in support of the
strong policies of the President.
Mr. GERALD R. FORD. Mr. Speak-
er, will the gentleman yield?
Mr. DENT. I am glad to yield to the
minority leader.
Mr. GERALD R. FORD. I believe it
is very important to reaffirm what the
gentleman from Oklahoma has said.
These demonstrators do represent a very,
very small percentage of the students
and the youth of- this country. It would
be a serious mistake on the part of the
enemy to believe that these demonstra-
tors represent a substantial part to any
degree of the youth of America.
If the enemy should make a, miscal-
culation, In the belief . that there was
a division or a lack of unity in our op-
position to Communist aggression it
would be a serious error for them. We
should warn the young people of the
'serious consequences, if their demon-
strations and their irresponsible actions
do lead to a miscalculation on the part of
the Communist, whether in the Kremlin
or Peiping.
Mr. ALBERT. I thank the gentleman.
I certainly agree.
Mr. DENT. Mr. Speaker, I wish to
concur in the remarks made by both
the minority and majority leaders.
(Mr. DENT asked and was given per-
missibn to revise and extend his re-
mar s.)
'DEMONSTRATIONS ON VIETNAM
POLICY
(Mr. DORN asked and was given per-
mission to address the House for 1 min-
ute and to revise and extend his
remarks.)
Mr. DORN. Mr. Speaker, I want to
join my distinguished colleagues, the
majority leader, Mr. ALBERT, the whip,
Mr. BOGGS, and Mr. GERALD R. FORD, the
minority leader, in the statements they
made to the House with reference to the
demonstrations, teach-ins, and draft
card burnings in the United States. I
think there is a very definite connection
between these demonstrations and the
worldwide Communist conspiracy.
HOUSE SHOULD INVESTIGATE "PEACE
DEMONSTRATIONS"
Mr. Speaker, the present wave of
teach-ins, draft card burnings, and
demonstrations against our policy in
Vietnam are designed to directly aid the
military aggression of Peiping and
Hanoi. These demonstrations are care-
fully timed with the ending of the mon-
soon season when the Communist ag-
gressor in South Vietnam will be faced
with increasing American military
pressure.
. Mr. Speaker, we are winning in South
Vietnam. We prevented a Communist
takeover - in Santo Domingo, we are
winning the economic war, we are gain-
ing in space, and the Communists out
of desperation are instigating worldwide
demonstrations. These demonstrations
are a dangerous and sinister part of the
Communist war against civilization.
. Yesterday official newspaper mouth-
pieces of Moscow and Peiping praised
the demonstrators in the United States
and again lambasted our Vietnam
policy. North. Vietnam in its official
newspaper at Hanoi paid tribute to the
American demonstrators and referred to
our policyrnakers here in Washington
as "bloodthirsty."
Mr. Speaker, make no mistake about
it. These teach-ins, - peace demonstra-
tions and draft card burnings are sup-
ported by Kosygin, Mao Tse-tung, and
Ho Chi Minh. It is a diabolical scheme
to undermine the morale - of our men
,on the fighting front and dupe innocent
people In. the United States.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October Y9,Afpb?ved For Re1Ma2 A?%flJ-ffA 00J48RTp300140005-9
Mr. Speaker, I am today introducing
a House, resolution which would provide
for a complete investigation of the con-
nection between teach-ins, peace dem-
onstrations, draft card burnings, and the
Communist world conspiracy. This res-
olution would create a select committee
of 13 Members of this House to thor-
oughly investigate these demonstrations
and related activities and report to the
Congress and to the people of this coun-
try for remedial action.
Mr. DICKINSON. Mr. Speaker, there
has been of late a great deal of concern
evidenced here about students and other
demonstrators who in order to protest
U.S. Involvement in Vietnam lie in front
of trains, disrupt communications and
so forth. Recent newspaper headlines
proclaimed what apparently was a great
victory when the FBI arrested one such
demonstrator for burning his draft card.
Were it up to me, Mr. Speaker, I would
instead call to the attention of the Mem-
bers of the House another article that
was carried by UPI on October 14 where-
in it was stated that a soldier in the U.S.
Army had gone on a hunger strike to
protest being sent to Vietnam, was sub-
sequently charged with neglect of duty,
tried, convicted and sentenced to prison.
Yet, a U.S. Army commanding general
went behind the court-martial, did away
with the convicted accused's punishment
and an official Army spokesman gave as
the reason that "the whole idea-was to
play it as low key as possible and avoid
publicity." Whac he meant was that the
Army, too is afraid of the "demonstra-
tions" which have been influencing our
national policies for the past few years.
Mr. Speaker, today, with Communist-
misled youngsters demonstrating vio-
lently against our war with the Commu-
nists in Vietnam, it would seem that our
Federal authorities would do everything
possible to maintain the morale of our
fighting troops.
I wonder how the men in U.S. uni-
forms in the ambush-ridden jungles of
South Vietnam feel about the deal made
with Pvt. Winstel R. Belton which has
made it possible for him to escape the
legally imposed consequences of his de-
spicable actions.
Private Belton, described by UPI as
"a former civil rights worker from Mil=
waukee," went on a hunger strike August
13 to 18 to avoid serving his country when
he learned that his unit, the proud 1st
Cavalry Division, was being shipped to
Vietnam. Private Belton, as I noted,
was tried by a military court on October
6 on charges of neglect of duty, was found
guilty, and sentenced to 5 years' im=prisonment, a bad-conduct discharge,
and loss of pay.
As the inevitable storm of protest
which seeks to protect such sacrosanct
demonstrators as Private Belton began to
burst forth, however, it was learned that
the Army, unknown to the court-martial,
had made a deal with Private Belton
promising him a sentence not to exceed
1 year in prison, a bad-conduct discharge
and loss of pay in return for his plea of
guilty to the lesser charge of malinger-
ing.
But even this was apparently not
enough. Incredible as it may seem,
shortly thereafter, 4th Army commander
Lt. Gen. R. W. Colglazier suspended the
entire sentence and made it possible for
Private Belton to receive an honorable
discharge without a blot on his record if
only he successfully completes the re-
maining 8 months of his tour of duty.
The_ only punishment whatsover is to be
to private. How can this possibly b
justified?
Mr. Speaker, I would suggest that the
mothers and wives whose sons and hus-
bands have been killed and wounded in
Vietnam find very little solace in the fact
that the Army was able to dispatch the
matter of Pvt. Winstel R. Belton "in as
low (a) key as possible and avoid pub-
licity." I would suggest that Private
Belton's fellow soldiers who are serving
their country with valor and honor in
Vietnam find very little comfort in the
fact that one of his lawyers feels Belton
has taken the "first step toward rehabili-
tation by pleading guilty." Who wants
to fight alongside a man who might
turn and run? Why endanger the brave
Americans in Vietnam with the presence
of a man who might decide in the face of
enemy fire that a "surrender-in" demon-
stration might be in order?
I suggest, my distinguished colleagues,
that Lieutenant Ceneral Colglazier has
now capped his career with his actions
in these premises. It should be the sub-
ject of a congressional investigation.
As for Private Belton, possibly it would
be in order to strike a new official award
from the Government of the United
States and present it to him. It could
be called, Mr. Speaker, the "Benedict
Arnold Award."
I ask unanimous consent, Mr. Speaker,
to introduce in the RECORD the UPI re-
port on this matter published in the Ala-
bama Journal in Montgomery, October
14, 1965.
HUNGER STRIKER FROM FORT KENNING OR-
DERED To COMBAT DUTY IN VIET,
SAN ANTONIO, TEx.-Pvt. Winstel it. Belton,
26, who went on a hunger strike to keep
from going to Vietnam, today was under
orders to rejoin his old outfit, the 1st Cavalry
Division, now fighting in the Vietnamese
central highlands.
Belton, a former football player and civil
rights worker from Milwaukee, was convicted
by a court-martial October 6 on a charge of
neglect of duty and handed a 5-year prison
term.
But in the pre-arranged deal, the Army
suspended the sentence in return for a guilty
plea by Belton. The Army said Belton had
implied a willingness to fulfill his duty by
serving in Vietnam.
Belton received no penalty except loss of
rank from private first class to private. He
will be honorably discharged if he success-
fully completes his remaining 8 months of
his hitch, the Army said.
Lt. Gen. R. W. Colglazier, commander of
the 4th Army, issued the order Wednesday
after studying the prenegotiated court
martial sentence against Belton.
Belton went on a hunger strike at Fort
Kenning, Ga., last August 13-18 when the 1st
Calvary Division shipped out to Vietnam.
Belton, a studious-looking Negro who
holds a bachelors degree in fine arts from
26483
Arizona State University, asked to be tried
in the 4th Army District.
At the trial, one of Belton's military law-
yers, Capt. Joseph Caneba, Jr., said Belton
realized he made a mistake but took "the first
step toward rehabilitation by pleading
guilty."
"The whole idea of it was to play it as low
key as possible and avoid publicity," an Army
prosecutor aid. Before the negotiated plea
was nno ced, the defense had questioned
t y of U.S. involvement in Vietnam,
UNIVERSITY STUDENTS WHO SUP-
PORT OUR COUNTRY'S POLICY IN
VIETNAM
(Mr. CEDERBERG asked and was
given permission to address the House
for 1 minute; to revise and extend his
remarks and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. CEDERBERG. Mr. Speaker, I
share the concern of others in this body
regarding the demonstrations which
have taken place over last weekend. It
is tragic to see some of our professors
and young men and women who fall pray
to an ideology that is dedicated to the
destruction of a fundamental right that
we have in this country, the right of
freedom of assembly and to demonstrate.
These misguided citizens are abusing
this 1'ight.
However, Mr. Speaker, it is heartening
to find on the wire services today, on the
UPI service, a statement to the effect
that 500 Boston University students have
signed their names to a resolution sup-
porting President Johnson's policy in
Vietnam.
The wire states as follows:
A resolution was circulated by leaders of
the university's Young Democrat and Young
Republican Clubs to counter weekend dem-
onstrations by students against U.S. policy
in Vietnam.
Officials of the 2, clubs, after 4 hours of
signature collecting, said they. hope to ob-
tain 3,000 signatures by the end of the week.
. Then, Mr. Speaker, there is included in
that release the following article:
VILLANOVA, PA.-Villanova University stu-
dents plan to send 20,000 greeting cards to
U.S. servicemen in Vietnam for Christmas as
a countermeasure to the demonstrations
against the Vietnam fighting.
Also contained in the release is a state-
ment as follows:
Frank Eck, of Richmond, Va., president of
the Student Government Association, said
each of the 4,500 undergraduate students at
the university will be urged to send 5
christmas cards to the servicemen.
The cards will be delivered by "mail call
Vietnam," at nearby Bryn Mawr, an organi-
zation formed about 1 week ago to "roe that
every serviceman in Vietnam rcooives a
greeting at Christmas."
Mr. Speaker, I commend these student a
who are indicating their support of their
countries' policy which emphasizes the
fact that the outstanding and over-
whelming number of our young people
support our Government in this action.
I want to commend both the Boston
University and the students at Villanova
University, and other universities, for
taking this stand. We know that they
are in the majority and that the mis-
ApprovedFor Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
guided young people who are using this
demonstration technique are in the mi-
nority, but they seem to be getting the
press. I hope the press will give more
attention to our dedicated students who
are actively supporting their Govern-
ment and appreciate the precious herit-
age that is theirs.
EXTENSION OF FEDERAL MEAT
INSPECTION
(Mr. SMITH of Iowa asked and was
given permission to extend his remarks
at this point in the RECORD.)
ANALYSIS OF H.R. 11670, A BILL TO EXTEND FED-
ERAL MEAT INSPECTION
Mr. SMITH of Iowa. Mr. Speaker,
following is an analysis of the adminis-
tration's proposal to extend Federal meat
inspection. The bill I have promoted
for several years covers slaughter in
those plants large enough to be covered
for labor-management relations pur-
poses by the Taft-Hartley law. The ad-
ministration's bill covers most other
establishments also unless they are sub-
ject to adequate State inspection or the
Secretary of Agriculture exempts them
because their volume of operation is too
small for inspection to be practicable or
necessary to protect the public. The de-
tailed analysis follows:
ANALYSIS OF BILL AMENDING THE MEAT IN-
SPECTION ACT
Section 1. The legislation authorizing Fed-
eral meat inspection consists of provisions in
the Department of Agriculture Appropriation
Act of March 4, 1907, as amended. The first
section of the bill would designate such pro-
visions as the Meat Inspection Act and assign
section numbers to the presently undesig-
nated paragraphs.
Section 2. This section makes statutory
findings regarding the lntei state nature of
commerce in meat and meat food products,
the burdening effect of intrastate commerce
in unwholesome meat upon interstate com-
merce in meat and the need to regulate in-
trastate commerce in order to effectively
regulate interstate commerce in furtherance
of the purpose of the act.
Section 3. This section we uld extend the
inspection requirements of the act to the
slaughtering of cattle, sheep, swine, or goats,
and the preparation of the carcasses, parts
thereof, meat or meat food products of such
animals, for intrastate commerce. The pres-
ent act applies to such ope rations for pur-
poses of interstate or foreign commerce. The
section also makes ante mortem inspection
mandatory whereas it is now discretionary.
Section 4. This section would delete lim-
iting language to make it clear that the post
mortem inspection provisions of the act
apply to articles "capable of use as human
food" rather than intended for such use and
eliminate other restrictive terminology.
Section 5. This section would clarify au-
thority of the Secretary of Agriculture to
restrict entry of carcasses, parts thereof,
meat, and meat food products into federally
inspected establishments to federally in-
spected articles moved directly from other
federally inspected establishments or from
other locations under conditions necessary to
assure that the articles were federally in-
spected and are not adulterated, and other-
wise in compliance with the act. Authority
to regulate the entry of other materials
would also be clarified.
Section 6. This section would clarify the
authority of the Secretary of Agriculture to
regulate all aspects of the labeling, marking,
and packaging of articles specified in the bill,
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October .19, 1965
to prevent the use of false or misleading la-
bels, marks, or containers. Controls have
been exercised by the Secretary over such
matters for many years and these changes
will not have any impact on the regulated in-
dustry. Provision would be made for appeal
and judicial review of disapproval of marks,
labels, and containers comparable to that
contained in the Poultry Products Inspection
Act (21 U.S.C. 457) which served as a model
for many of the provisions in this section
of the bill. Specific authority is vested in
the Secretary to establish standards of iden-
tity and fill of container not inconsistent
with such standards as may be established
under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act and the Secretary of Agriculture and Sec-
retary of Health, Education, and Welfare are
to consult prior to issuance of standards
under these acts to avoid inconsistency.
Section 7. This section would strengthen
the principal prohibitory section of the act
by (a) including horses, mules, or other
equines and specifically prohibiting the
slaughtering of animals or preparation of
articles, specified in the bill, except in com-
pliance with the act; (b) prohibiting sale,
transportation, and other specified trans-
actions with respect to meat and other speci-
fied articles capable of use as human food
if they are adulterated, unfit for human food,
or misbranded; (c) prohibiting the doing of
acts which are intended to cause or have
the effect of causing such specified articles
to be adulterated, unfit for human food, or
misbranded. (The provisions in this section
of the bill are comparable to provisions in
section 301 of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 331) although they
would apply somewhat more broadly to intra-
state as well as to interstate or foreign
commerce.)
Section 8. This section of the bill would
(a) clarify the application to brand manu-
facturers and printers, of a prohibition now
in the act against counterfeiting official
marks, etc.; (b) clarify the provisions of the
act with respect to forgery, unauthorized
use or failure to use official marks, etc., and
similar offenses; (c) add a restriction upon
possession of official devices, or devices,
labels, meat, meat products, or other arti-
cles bearing counterfeit official marks, and
similar items, and add a prohibition against
knowingly making any false representation
that any article has been inspected and
passed under the act. (These provisions are
modeled after provisions in section 203(h)
of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946,
as amended (7 U.S.C. 1622(h)); and (d)
clarify prohibitions with respect to false
statements in official or nonofficial certifi-
cates.
Section 9. This section disqualifies for in-
spection under the act the slaughtering of
cattle, sheep, swine, goats, horses, mules, or
other equines, and the preparation of the
carcasses, or parts or products thereof, not
intended for human food, and would require
such articles to be denatured or otherwise
identified as prescribed by the Secretary to
deter their use as human food, unless they
are naturally inedible by humans.
Section 10. This section would clarify the
authority of the Secretary of Agriculture to
dispose of carcasses, parts thereof, meat and
meat food products which are prepared at a
federally inspected establishment when not
under the supervision of an inspector or are
prepared otherwise in violation of the regu-
lations. This could include condemnation
of the articles if they were so prepared that
their fitness for human food and freedom
from adulteration could not be ascertained.
This section also preserves the general au-
thority for rules and regulations conferred
by the act notwithstanding the provisions
for specific kinds of regulations.
Section 11. This section and section 14 of
the bill (which would add section 31 to the
act) would make uniform provision in the
act. for the responsibility of principals for
acts of their agents.
Section 12. Paragraph (a), in conjunction
with the definition of a "farmer" and a "re-
tail dealer" in section 14 of the bill (which
would add section 34 to the act) 'would clarify
and restrict the present authority for exemp-
tions from inspection for farmers and retail
dealers. Exemptions would also be author-
ized for farmers and retail dealers from other
specific provisions of the act. Exemptions
under this paragraph would apply to opera-
tions for interstate, foreign or intrastate com-
merce. Paragraph (b) concerns exemptions
from inspection or other specific provisions
of the act with respect to establishments
slaughtering cattle, sheep, swine, or goats or
preparing products solely for distribution
within the State, territory, or District of Co-
lumbia in which the establishment is located
and provides for such exemptions in speci-
fied alternative situations: (1) In case of ade-
quate regulation by the State or other juris-
diction concerned; or (2) in case the volume
of operations is so minor as not to substan-
tially affect interstate or foreign commerce.
Paragraph (c) would authorize exemptions
for operations and transactions at a retail
store, restaurant, or similar place of business
if inspection or application of the other spe-
cific provisions of the act is found to be un-
necessary for protection of the public or im-
practicable. It is not contemplated that
continuous Inspection would be maintained
over the preparation of meat, etc. at retail
stores. The authority for inspection of re-
tail level activities should be available, how-
ever, for the occasional instances in which it
is necessary for the protection of consumers.
Paragraph (d) would authorize the Secre-
tary to impose conditions and restrictions
upon any exemptions under this section.
Paragraph (e) would prohibit distribution of
exempted articles contrary to any such con-
dition or restriction upon such exemption.
Paragraph (f) would exclude from regula-
tion under the act certain operations by any
farmer in preparing meat or other specified
articles for use by his family and certain
other persons; and also would exclude from
the act, with certain restrictions, the distri-
bution of the unused portion of such articles
prepared incidental to such use,.
Section 13. This section and the definition
of "adulterated" in section 14 of the bill
(which would add new section 34 to the act)
would clarify the regulatory authority of the
Department to prevent adulteration of car-
casses, parts thereof, meat, and meat food
products and commerce in such articles when
adulterated.
Section 14. This section would add 15 new
sections to the act.
New section 22 would transfer the import
meat provisions from section 306(b) of the
Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1308(b)) to the
Meat Inspection Act, clarify their application
to carcasses, parts thereof, and meat food
products, as well as meat, and clarify the
authority of this Department to impose label-
ing (including foreign origin labeling) re-
quirements and requirements to bar adulter-
ated articles.
New section 23 would prohibit the distri-
bution in interstate, foreign or intrastate
commerce of carcasses, parts thereof, meat or
meat food products of horses, or other
equinines unless they are identified to show
the kinds of animals from which they were
derived and authorize requirement that they
be handled separately from other animals or
meats.
New section 24 would authorize the Secre-
tary of Agriculture to prescribe conditions
for storage and other handling of carcasses,
parts thereof, meat and meat food products
of the specified animals, which are capable
of use as human food, by persons engaged in
the business of buying, selling, freezing, stor-
ing, transporting or otherwise handling such
articles.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 . Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446Ro00300140005-9
0eto6er 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE
New section 25: Paragraph (a) would au-
thorize recordkeeping requirements with re-
spect to, and afford access to the records and
premises of, slaughterers and processors of
carcasses, or parts or products of carcasses of
the specified animals; inedible products rend-
erers; meat brokers; importers; transporta-
tion agencies; and other specified classes of
operators. It would also make applicable in
enforcement of the Meat Inspection Act, pro-
visions of the Federal Trade Commission Act
and the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, authorizing requirement of reports
and administrative subpenas and conferring
other investigative and hearing powers.
(b) This paragraph would require registra-
tion of meat brokers, inedible products
renderers, animal food manufacturers,
wholesalers, and certain public warehouse-
men handling carcasses, or parts or products
of the carcasses of the specified animals, and
other specified classes of operators.
New section 26 would permit regulation of
the distribution of dead, dying, crippled, or
diseased animals or parts of carcasses of ani-
mals that died otherwise than by slaughter,
e.g., of natural causes.
New section 27 would authorize the refusal
or withdrawal of inspection services with re-
spect to any establishment if the applicant
or recipient is found unfit to engage in any
business requiring inspection under the act
because of the commission of certain types
of crimes or specified degrees of association
with persons convicted of certain crimes, or
for other specified causes. Opportunity for
hearing would be provided in connection
with such actions. Authority to refuse or
withdraw inspection for other specified rea-
sons would be preserved and clarified,
New section 28 would provide authority for
-the temporary detention of carcasses, parts
thereof, meat or meat food products, or
articles exempted from the definition of a
meat food product, when there is reason to
believe that they may be adulterated, unfit
for food, misbranded or otherwise in viola-
tion of the act or other Federal or State acts
dealing with the wholesomeness of such
products.
New section 29 would authorize judicial
seizure and condemnation proceedings for
certain carcasses, parts thereof, meat and
meat food products that are adulterated, un-
fit for human food, misbranded or otherwise
in violation of the act, while being trans-
ported ,(?r held for sale or donation at any
level of distribution in the United States.
New section 30 would authorize injunc-
tions to enforce, or restrain violations of, the
act and specify the courts to have jurisdic-
tion of cases arising under the act other than
labeling cases within the jurisdiction of the
U.S. Court of Appeals under section 5(e) of
the act.
New section 31 as noted earlier, would pro-
vide for the responsibility of principals for
acts or omissions of their -agents.
New section 32: Paragraph (a) would au-
thorize cooperation with the States or other
jurisdictions in initiation or administration
of adequate State or local meat inspection
laws with respect to cattle, sheep, swine,
goats, horses, mules, or other equines and
carcasses, parts thereof, meat and meat food
products.
Paragraph (b) would provide for, and out-
line conditions of, cooperation with the
States or other jurisdictions in the conduct
of inspection required under the Federal act.
Paragraph (c) "State" is defined for pur-
to Include an govern-
i y
t
New section 34 contains definitions of
numerous terms used in the act. The defini-
tion of meat food product in paragraph (a)
is in accord with long continued practice in
administration of the act and clarifies the
authority of the Secretary of Agriculture to
except articles from the definition. Such
excepted articles are subject to the Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Secre-
tary of Health, Education, and Welfare may
require under section 18 of the bill that meat
or meat food products used therein must
have been inspected under this act. The
term applied to products of equines has the
same comparable meaning as to cattle, sheep,
swine, and goats. -
Paragraph (b) would provide a definition
of the term "prepared" which would deter-
mine the kind of establishments required to
be inspected or exempted under the act.
Paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) define the
terms "official mark," "official inspection
legend," and "official certificate" and are self-
explanatory.
Paragraphs (f) through (i) would define
the territorial applicability of the act and
would extend it to the unorganized unin-
corporated possessions of the United States.
The term "comemrce" would be defined to
include interstate, foreign, and intrastate
commerce.
Paragraphs (j) through (m) would define
the terms "adulterated," "misbranded,"
"label," and "labeling" in a manner almost
identical to the definition of the term in
the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
Paragraph (n) defines the term "Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act."
Paragraph (o) defines the terms "pesticide
chemical," "food additive," "color additive,"
and "raw agricultural commodity" identical
to the definition of the terms in the Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act,
Paragraphs (p) through (w) define the
terms "capable of use as human food,"
"farmer," "retail dealer," "household con-
sumer," "firm," "meat broker," "inedible
products rendered," and "animal food manu-
facturer" and are self-explanatory.
New section 35: This section reduces the
penalties for violation of provisions of the
act to a misdemeanor level except that if
the violation involves intent to defraud or
mislead or the distribution or attempted dis-
tribution of an article that is adulterated
the violation is then subject to felony pen-
alties. An exception is made for a person,
firm, or corporation that receives in good
faith any article for sale or transportation
which is in violation of the act, and fur-
nishes upon request of a representative of
the Department of Agriculture the name and
address of the person from whom he pur-
chased or received such article and any other
pertinent information. The Secretary need
not refer for prosecution or other. enforce-
ment action minor violations where it is
decided a warning will be in the public
interest. -
New section 36 would authorize the ap-
for supervising the application of official in-
spection legends to domestic or imported
inspected articles subdivided, repackaged, or
relabeled elsewhere than where they were
originally inspected by inspectors of this
Department, and the portion of the costs of
inspection that exceeds appropriations there-
for are to be borne by those receiving such
service.
26485
tion, the overtime pay provisions of the act or
July 24, 1919, and the import meat provi-
sions of the Tariff Act of 1930, since they
relate to matters covered by other provisions
of the bill.
Section 17. This section is the usual sepa-
rability provision.
Section 18. (1) Provides that the enact-
ment of this bill shall not derogate from au-
thority vested under the Federal Food, Drug,
and Cosmetic Act prior to such enactment.
(2) Makes articles misbranded or adulter-
ated under this act subject to action under
the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
(3) The Secretary of Health, Education,
and Welfare is also vested with the detainer
authority under section 28 with respect to
carcasses, parts thereof, and products there-
of.
(4) Secretary may authorize Secretary of
Health, Education, and Welfare to exercise
factory inspection authority in plants under
inspection.
(5) With respect to articles exempted from
definition of "meat food product" because
of minor nature of meat content the Secre-
tary of Health, Education, and Welfare in
exercising his authority over such articles
may require that the meat used therein be
only such as has been inspected under this
act.
Section 19. Paragraph (a) specifies an ef-
fective date which is upon enactment, ex-
cept as otherwise provided in new subpara-
graphs (1) through (8).
Subparagraph (1) provides for not im-
posing certain requirements of the
amendments of the Meat Inspection Act to
any State, Territory, or the District of Co-
lumbia until the expiration of 180 days
after the enactment. -
Subparagraph (2) provides additional ex-
tension of time for the application of the
Meat Inspection Act in order for a State or
Territory to develop a meat inspection sys-
tem at least the substantial equivalent of
the requirements under the Meat Inspection
Act.
Subparagraph (3) provides for 90 day
further extension of time for inspection in
any establishment when the Secretary de-
termines it is Impracticable to provide such
inspection.
Subparagraph (4) provides for an addi-
tional 2 years of relief with respect to facility
requirements beyond subparagraphs (1),
(2), and (3) under adequate safeguards for
then existing plants which prepare regu-
lated articles for distribution solely within
the State or other jurisdiction and which
cannot fully meet the plant construction
and facilities requirements under the bill.
Subparagraphs (5) through (8) specify
effective dates for specific sections and pro-
visions of the act.
Paragraph (b) would not preclude the
application of State or local laws not in
conflict wilth the act during the periods
provided~br in (a).
DEMONSTRATIONS
(Mr. HAYS asked and was given per-
mission to address the House for 1 min-
ute and to revise and extend his re-
marks.)
Mr. HAYS. Mr. Speaker, it is very
heartening to me to see the concern ex-
pressed here on the floor about the
demonstrations over the weekend. I re-
member some weeks ago when I spoke
out against certain Members of this
body holding hearings, public hearings,
in the guise of congressional hearings,
to allow these people to air their views, I
stood almost alone.
I am sure. that some of the so-called
teach-ins and other demonstrations over
ion
poses of the sec
mental subdivision thereof. - Section 15. This section would provide pen-
New section 33 defines the relationship be- alties for assaults and similar offenses against
tween the Meat Inspection Act and the laws inspectors and others who perform official
of the States and other jurisdictions. It in- duties under any act administered by the
eludes 'provision that as to articles inspected Secretary of Agriculture.
under the act States may not have addi-- Section 16. This section of the bill would
tional or inconsistent labeling, packaging, or repeal the present Horse Meat Act, the act
ingredient -requirements. of June 5, 1948, relating to cost of inspec-
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - HOUSE October 19, 1965
the weekend were encouraged by the
fact that Members of Congress them-
selves' were encouraging this kind of
thing a few short weeks ago.
I think it is interesting to note that
these same. Members of Congress have
dropped this ill-advised procedure, and
we have not heard much about so-called
hearings for people to express their dis-
pleasure with what is going on in Viet-
nam.
I agree with the gentleman from
South Carolina, we are winning the war
in Vietnam, and that is why the Com-
munists are getting excited. I think it
is also significant that the Communist
newspaper in New York took after me
when I made my statement before.
I welcome that kind of criticism.
MEDICAL EDUCATION IN THE
VETERANS' ADMINISTRATION
(Mr. KORNEGAY asked and was given
permission to address the House for 1
minute to revise and extend his remarks
and to include extraneous matter.)
Mr. KORNEGAY. Mr. Speaker, I wish
to commend the gentleman from Texas
[Mr. TEAGUE], my chairman, for his
leadership and foresight in introducing
a bill which seeks to provide a new day
for the medical care available to the vet-
erans of this country, I wish to associate
myself completely with him in this effort,
and consequently I have introduced an
identical bill.
:Briefly, Mr. Speaker, the bill seeks to
provide for closer cooperation between
the medical schools of this country and
the Veterans' Administration. This co-
operation, which has existed for nearly
20 years, has been of tremendous value
and importance in providing for the care
of the sick and disabled veteran of all
of our wars. For many years now, the
Veterans' Administration has been co-
operating to the limit of its resources by
taking money from the only source which
was available in its appropriation.
Namely, this has been the medical ad-
ministration item-to finance the neces-
sary cooperation between the 78 medical
schools with which the Veterans' Admin-
istration is affiliated. Great advances in
medicine have been made during the past
20 years, and in order for the Veterans'
Administration to keep up, there have
been ever-increasing demands for the ex-
penditure of larger sums of money for
medical education. It is not fair or rea-
sonable that this money should come out
of funds intended primarily for patient
care. I do not offer any criticism but
rather commendation for the Veterans'
Administration for its action in the past.
By spending this money for medical edu-
cation the Veterans' Administration has
saved the lives of countless veterans who
otherwise might have died.
I would like to read at this point the
eloquent statement made by Dr. John L.
Parks, member of the executive counsel
of the Association of American Medical
Colleges, and dean of the School of Med-
icine of George Washington University
here in Washington, before the Subcom-
mittee on Hospitals in May of 1964:
For more than a decade, immediatel-' fol-
lowing World War II, a highly effective work-
ing relationship developed between the Na-
tion's medical schools and the Veterans' Ad-
ministration hospitals. Deans' committees
helped establish, in the medical school af-
filiated VA hospitals, very capable profes-
sional staffs. Academic appointments at-
tracted highly qualified physicians who were
interested In the combined Veterans' Ad-
ministration-medical school services. With
the establishment and demonstration of the
principle that an indlvdual's health needs
are best served by physcians who have in-
separable responsibilities for teaching, re-
search, and patient care, VA hospital be-
came important educational as well as pa-
tient care centers. Over a 10- to 15-year pe-
riod, academically minded full-time Veter-
ans' Administration staff physicians, assisted
by medical-school-appointed attending and
consultant staffs provided the veteran with
superb medical care. Many advances in our
knowledge of cardiac conditions, infectious
diseases, hypertension, psychiatric illnesses,
circumstances of aging and chronic diseases
such as rheumatoid arthritis and tubercu-
losis have resulted from research conducted
in VA hospitals. A large number of the
Nation's leading medical educators have
served as Veterans' Administration staff phy-
sicians. A close working relationship has
been maintained throughout all the 17 years
of affiliation between the Veterans' Admin-
istration and the Nation's medical schools.
The importance of the medical schools to the
VA organization and in turn the significance
of utilization of Veterans' Administration
hosptal facilities for educational purposes is
attested to by the following information
from a 1964 AAMC? survey of the Veterans'
Administration hospital-medical school rela-
tions.
Ninety-six VA hospitals are affiliated with
78 medical schools. More than three-
fourths of the junior medical students in the
United States receives part of their clinical
experience in veterans hospitals. A total of
63,8135 out of 7,321 registered senior medical
students have a part of their fourth year
clinical training in VA hospitals. Approxi-
mately 10 percent of all residencies are in
VA hospitals. Many of America's best spe-
cialty training programs have developed
through combined university and affiliated
VA hospital programs; 15 percent of all
practicing physicians have received part of
or all of their specialty training in Veterans'
Administration hospitals.
The importance and magnitude of this
partnership arrangement between the medi-
cal ;schools and the Veterans' Administra-
tion have been stressed to demonstrate the
tremendous contributions that have been
made not only to the health of the veterans
but to the advancement of medical science
and medical education in the United States
through these affiliations.
Over the past few years the deans have
been concerned by a series of circumstances
that have developed in the VA hospitals
which have decreased the effectiveness and
the stability of the medical school-VA affilia-
tion. University, and community hospital re-
sources have rapidly expanded making avail-
able for the teaching of clinical medicine
many excellent resources that were not pres-
ent 10 years ago. Some of the VA-university
affiliated hospitals have not kept pace with
the advances of other medical schools re-
sources. Personnel, equipment, and space
that formerly provided an excellent care pro-
gram for veterans are inadequate in some
respects to meet present-day needs. For ex-
ample, it has been very difficult to maintain
high quality personnel to staff clinical lab-
oratories, departments of anesthesiology, and
diagnostic and therapeutic X-ray services.
VA salary scales have remained too low. The
competition for physicians who have aca-
demic interests and excellent clinical abili-
ties is increasing. It is our understanding
that the pay bill currently before Congress
would provide appreciable salary increases
for senior personnel. The association be-
lieves that an upward adjustment of the sal-
ary scale for VA physicians is essential to
the maintenance and advancement of health
services for American veterans.
The advantages of the Veterans' Admin-
istration-medical school partnership become
abundantly apparent. With 169 hospitals
and 6,500 physicians, the Veterans' Admin-
istration maintains the largest hospital
service under a single organization in the
world. Out of this vast VA hospital service
program, it would seem advantageous for all
concerned to concentrate on making the 96
VA hospitals affiliated with medical schools
special health centers where diagnostic and
research problems receive the immediate and
comprehensive attention of highly qualified
physicians and research scientists working
with the best equipment. These hospitals
form a major training area for manpower
in the health fields. At a time when all re-
sources must be used to the fullest to pro-
vide America and the world with physicians,
nurses, dentists, and allied health personnel,
the veterans facilities must advance at a high
level of academic effectiveness. Medical edu-
cators have enthusiastically volunteered to
help develop and maintain medical school.,
affiliated VA hospitals as model medical cen-
ters serving the health needs of American
veterans and contributing to the progress of
medicine through research and education.
You may count on the medical schools to
continue this mutually advantageous part-
nership with the VA hospitals.
The bill which I have the honor to
sponsor with the chairman of the Com-
mittee on Veterans' Affairs seeks to
make our intent crystal clear to those
myopic individuals in the Bureau of the
Budget who insist on doing everything
in their power to hamper the legislative
activities of the Department of Medicine
and Surgery in the Veterans' Adminis-
tration.
Mr. Speaker, with all due humility, I
want to say that I have a deep interest in
and perhaps a unique insight into this
problem. It is my good fortune to serve
on the Veterans' Affairs Committee and,
also on the Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce Committee. This latter commit-
tee has reported and enacted into law
numerous pieces of legislation in this
Congress, which represent a tremendous
advance in the scientific and medical
world and which represent billions of
dollars in expenditures. All of us, of
course, are willing to support legislation
which will extend or better the lives of
mankind, which will make more likely
the cure of cancer or stroke or heart di-
sease or any other of the numerous mala-
dies which affect the people of this world.
but largely due to the efforts of the little
group of "willful men" centered in the
Bureau of the Budget, the Veterans Ad-
ministration is being cutoff, hampered
and harassed at every stage by some
faceless bureaucrats in the Bureau of
the Budget who cannot and will not see
problems-or even the solutions to the
problems, as proposed. There primary
concern, it seems is to stifle congressional
intent.
By their own arbitrary actions, these
Budget Bureaucrats virtually halt the
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67BO6446R000300140005-9
 Approved CONC~Ig A/L0/ C RDPAN 46R000300tfi %%39
made available on an inservice basis to
educate the regular teachers in the most
efficacious methods of teaching in Project
Prevention. In addition, a complete staff
of fully trained and experienced reading
specialists, sociologists, psychologists, and
other personnel must be part of the project
to provide the firm and intelligent leader-
ship so very necessary in enterprises of this
kind. Because of the need for carefully
trained and, prepared workers, volunteers
would only be used in an auxiliary capacity.
By no. means would this Project Preven-
tion be a mere extension of the school year.
Summer is summer, and relaxation-even
for 8-year-olds-is necessary. I believe that
a well-balanced program of recreation, games,
and other constructive activity would serve
to make the remedial instruction more pal-
atable and therefore more effective.
Children with disabilities would be in-
vited to join the program by school authori-
ties after consultations among the child's
teacher, parents, and school authorities. A
trained staff member would be assigned to
work with each family during the course of
their child's participation in the program
to insure maximum retentive benefits. It is
neither our right nor responsibility to barge
unwanted and uninvited into the lives of
either a child or his family. Therefore, this
whole program would hinge on the coopera-
tion of the parents. And it has been proven
that parents, when faced with a crisis in
their child's life, will become aware of the
best course to take for the child. Family life
has much to do with each child's academic
and behaviorial deportment. If a problem
in the home environment can at least be
identified, the benefits of the project to the
child will not be negated.
Physical disabilities are often responsible
for those in reading and speech. A com-
plete and thorough physical examination of
every child in Project Prevention would be
required. The cursory examination usually
provided by school authorities is insufficient
to disclose any physical defects which would
cause ,a reading disability. An eye ailment,
even though minor, can retard reading prog-
ress. A child who does not see the black-
board clearly will soon lose interest in learn-
ing, and then the syndrome start. Success
in this area has been evidenced in Project
Head Start.
Extensive testing programs, administered
and formulated by each individual school
district but conforming to a statewide mini-
mum standard, should be required on a year-
round basis of those districts participating in
Project Prevention so as to facilitate identifi-
cation of problem readers and the so-called
underachievers. No Federal test should be
required, and the respective State depart-
ments of education should establish the
guidelines for the testing programs of the
individual districts participating. This
would, of course, be part of the project's ap-
Such a summer program is not novel.
Ecclesiastes tells us that there is nothing
new under the sun, and this is so. But it is
novel in this form. Other similar and re-
lated efforts have shown that a program like
Project Prevention is both feasible and nec-
essary.
Project Head Start has met with success
with the children 'involved, although the
redtape has bogged down the program in
many areas and has detracted from its value.
But while Head Start has an economic basis,
Project Prevention must be founded strictly
on need-need for correction. It is, a sound,
locally controlled educational program.
Summer programs are currently in use in
many school districts, but constitute in most
cases only a kind of free day camp. Nature
study, cartoons, and baseball are stressed.
There is, however, a rather progressive effort
taking place in Garden City, N.Y., in the
Fourth Congressional District, wherein a
limited number of children are exposed to a
learning experience similar to that described
in the foregoing. However, the emphasis in
this and other programs like it is on the ex-
ceptionally gifted and intelligent child with
enrichment and accelerated mental develop-
ment as the keynote. The average or below
average child has little or no place in these
projects. The Cleveland plan, in operation
for many years in that Ohio city, has like
aspects, but does provide a year-round re-
medial program. In North Carolina, the
summer State-sponsored Governor's School
in Raleigh is another program for gifted
young people on the secondary school level.
Begun some years back by Gov. Terry San-
ford, it has achieved a great success.
Project Up-Lift, conducted by the HAR-
YOU-ACT organization U in New York City's
Harlem, is more an effort to keep children off
the streets than to correct reading and other
deficiencies. Emphasis and direct action on
grades 1 through 4 is lacking in this and
other programs, although there is remedial
reading as a part of the total project.
Mr. Chairman, there are many details to be
worked out. There is much that I, as a lay-
man, might have overlooked or not evalu-
ated. But we must make a start, and I offer
Project Prevention as a possible starting
point. One-half of our Nation is aged under
25 years. We must start now for them and
for their children.
I look forward to your comments, and t
disscussing this with you in the near fut
Sincerely,
JOHN W. WYDLER,
U.S. WORLD FOOD STUDY
COMMISSION
(Mr. LANGEN (at the request of Mr.
HALL) was granted permission to extend
his remarks at this point in the RECORD
and to include extraneous matter.)
Mr. LANGEN. Mr. Speaker, last
Thursday, October 14, the House Repub-
lican task force on agriculture recom-
mended the establishment of a bipartisan
U.S. World Food Study Commission to
plan the future U.S. role in the ap-
proaching world food crisis.
This 18-member Commission would be
made up of 8 Congressmen and 10 mem-
bers to be appointed by the President-
these 10 from the Agriculture and State
Departments, universities, and other
agricultural groups.
The Commission would study world
food and agricultural needs, coordinate
present U.S. agricultural and food assist-
ance programs, and recommend ways in
which U.S. agriculture could help meet
both U.S. and world food needs in the
future.
I am encouraged and deeply gratified
with the widespread approval which this
proposal is receiving both within and
outside of Congress. While the meas-
ure is rapidly gaining support in the
House, the numerous inquiries and com-
ments about it which we continue to re-
ceive daily, indicate a growing public
recognition of the need for a realistic
and responsible approach toward meet-
ing this world challenge.
Through the U.S. World Food Study
and Coordinating Commission, one of the
major problems of our time could be
dealt with on a sound and rational basis,
9 Frank L. Stanley, Jr., "Half-Way Progress
Report of Project Up-Lift," August 1965,
HARYOU-ACT.
19, 1965
while at the same time, U.S. agriculture
might be afforded the opportunity of
enjoying a new economic vitality.
Mr. Speaker, at this time, legislation to
create this Commission has been intro-
duced in the House by more than 60
Members, and is strongly endorsed by
16 others. The names of those 16 Mem-
bers follow:
JOHN F. BALDWIN, JR.
ALPHONZO BELL.
DON H. CLAUSEN.
DEL CLAWSON.
THOMAS B. CURTIS.
CHARLES S. GUBSER.
CRAIG HOSMER.
GLENARD P. LIPSCOMB.
JAMES H. QUILLEN.
ED REINECKE.
HOWARD W. ROBISON.
HERMAN SCHNEEBELI.
H. ALLEN SMITH.
CHARLES M. TEAGUE.
JAMES B. UJT.
J. ARTHU OUNGER.
QUATE MEDICAL CARE FOR
VIETNAM
(Mr. HALL was granted permission to
extend his remarks at this point in the
RECORD and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. HALL. Mr. Speaker, as a "doctor
in the House" and member of the Armed
Services Committee, after interviewing
returnees from southeast Asia, having a
son-in-law there, and learning during
my last trip there-late 1962-and from
individual physicians of the AID and/or
Department of State USCOM plan for
bilateral care of our special forces and
the Vietnamese civilians; I called upon
the Deputy Assistant Secretary of the
Department of Defense-Health and
Medical-and the three. surgeons general
of the uniformed military forces for an
analysis of their bilateral effort to supply
the South Vietnamese civilians and our
own forces with adequate medical care.
This has become most intriguing and of
the greatest interest, in view of our rapid
buildup "without mobilizing the Re-
serves, Guard units, or declaring any type
of an emergency."
Much of the information is classified,
but I can assure the Members of the Con-
gress that adequate and bilateral effort
is being made in the true tradition of
keeping the most able-bodied men on the
front line, and at the same time provid-
ing the best medical care for our sick and
wounded, as well as battle casualties, in
our effort to aid the South Vietnamese
and their fight for freedom, concomitant
with our Nation's tradition. My hat is
off to the surgeons general, to the men
and women of medicine and its ancillary
branches, as well as to the Vietnamese
themselves, who are doing' the best pos-
sible job, in view of the number of cas-
ualties, the savagery of the guerrilla-
type warfare and their diversity of train-
ing. I predict that soon, facilities, train-
ing, materiel, and personnel will com-
plete the ideal job as we would have it at
home, which is indeed the beacon light
and acme of worldwide professional ca-
pability at this time.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 o ed For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 1' ; 6v5 CONGRESSIONAL, IC=,- aQUSE
help their child obtaixi. greatest benefit
from the prograri.
Financing the program wouldbe on a
federal-to-State grant basis. A State
would submit'a plan to the U.S. 9l ,ce of
Education to implement. Project Preven-
tion in,tlle existing school systems of the
State. The funds could be made avail-
able under part 2 of the Wydler educa-
tional program establishing an educa-
tional assistance trust fund. A bill to
establish such a fund was introduced by
me on October 5. The bill would p ake
a share of Federal revenues available to
a State on a fixed formula, Part 1 of
my comprehnsive plan was for tuition
tax credits to give those paying tuition
a reduction In income taxes and was in-
troduced last spring.
My plan for supplemental education is
a sound, locally controlled education
program. It is not a poverty program,
although a good many of those affected
would be from the poverty group.
A dropout is committing, economic
suicide. Operation Head Start has
shown that preschool education can be
useful. My program would carry this
.work on in regular education channels.
There are precedents for Project Pre-
vention. In addition, to operation Head
Start, there are the North Carolina sum-
mer State-sponsored Governor's school
for gifted children, the summer pro-
grains presently conducted at the Stew-
art School in Garden City, and Project
UV-Lift in Harlem, sponsored by
Haryou-ACT Recently New York City
announced a program devoting up to
49 percent of its time to reading carrec-
tion.
I consulted with two prominent and
experienced educators living in the
Fourth congressional District In formu-
lating my proposal. They were Dr. John
I.. David, of 288 Peters Avenue, East
Meadow, presently adjunct professor of
education at Hofstra University and
director of pupil personnel services for
the South Huntington Schools; and Dr.
Joseph P. Eulie, of 723 Park Lane South,
Franklin Square, former chairman of the
social studies department at Elr font
Memorial High School, and currently the
associate professor of history and edu-
cation and coordinator of student teach-
&B at the State University of New York.
at New Paltz.
I hope to organize a symposium on this
program for supplemental education at
one of our local universities to explore
ways to make the program most effective
and to make recommendations for Fed-
eral legislation. I will draft Project
Prevention legislation with tY,e aid of
Elie, Rouse Education and Labor Com-
mittee for introduction in the next ses-
sion of Congress.
I have fully explained-this proposal in
a letter to Congressman ALBERT H. QuiE,
c$;sirmail of the House Republican edu-
cation task force.
The text of the letter follows:
Oc'roaza 1,8, 1965.
DEAR di-A-AN Qum: The flow pf con-
structive and sound educational proposals
Which have emanated from the unit you so
No. 195-26
ably chair has been a source of Irumense
personal gratification to me as a member of
the Task Force on Education. The fabulous
Fourth Congressional District of New York,
which I have the honor to represent, is an
area maintaining a deep and well-informed
interest in all aspects of education. Because
of this concerned interest, and because of
my own involvement in the problems of
modern education as both a parent and a
legislator, I have greeted with great enthusi-
asm all of the reports of our task force.
I have also looked with expectation toward
the administration for additional programs
of improved educational techniques, and ad-
vancement of the start well-begun in Project
Head Start. But even after continuous prod-
ding by educators and legislators 1 and after
a White House Conference on Education, no
further steps have been announced as being
under consideration. And there is a great
need for such additional steps.
One of the most pressing problems in edu-
cation today is that of the high school drop-
out. Knowledge of its existence is legion, but
solutions of It are not nearly so commonly
spoken of. The conventional strategy is to
dissuade the potential dropout from the act
in an 11th-hour plea which offers him job-
training, a work-while-in-school plan, and
other inducements to remain in school. until
graduation. But these measures do not even
come close to eliminating the problem: even
the dissuaded dropout is likely to raise a
family in which the whole dropout cycle will
repeat itself.
In a recent data survey of Maryland school
dropouts, it was found that the fathers of
63 percent of the dropouts attended school
for no more than 9 years, and that, of the
mothers, 57 percent never went past the 9th
grade either.2 The dropout's problem is
obviously not one of making a ruinous choice,
but rather, of succumbing to forces which
have troubled him for years. Forces such
as antipathy toward school, fear of learning,
dislike of academic disciplines. And these
do not develop in the 1 or 2 years before the
majority of dropouts leave school after
grades 10 or ll.
The key to this problem's solution lies not
In action on the high school or junior high
school levels, but rather in the elementary,
or grammar school. By the time the drop-
out hears ballplayers, politicians, and edu-
cators urge him to stay in school, it's too
late.
What is the dropout like? A composite
portrait might run something like this: a
quiet boy, about 16 or 17 years old, living
with his parents. His parents live together.
His father is likely as not an unskilled or
semiskilled laborer, or a merchant, who
never finished high school. He has no job
outside of school, takes little or no part in
athletics or extracurricular activities. He
has average or below average mental ability,
and his achievements in school, are less than
normal. He makes poor grades, usually
flunking up to four subjects in the term
prior to dropping out. He always moved
ahead with his class; he was never "left
back." He dislikes school, teachers, and
doesn't feel comfortable in a classroom. He
hates to read. He is afraid to speak in class.
He panics during exams. Neither parent can
help him, so he Is alone. There are few
books at home; his parents don't like to read
either. He is afraid, and very much alone in
his fear. His parents are against his dropping
' Report of the Republican Task Force on
Education: The White House Conference on
Education.
2 Leonard M. Miller, "The Dropout: Schools
Search for Clues to His Problems," School
Life, May 1963.
Z Ibid.
2G515
out, but it makes no difference to him at
that point*
So the dropout is alone, and fears learning,
and hates to read. And he drops out, still
alone, and very much afraid.
I believe, in agreement with many,proini-
nent educators, that this fear of learning is
the basis for the dropout problem. I fur-
ther concur in the opinion of many educa-
tors that a lack of reading ability is the
cause of this fear of, learning. Statistics
bear this out. in that same Maryland study
previously mentioned, 36 percent of all drop-
outs read on a third to sixth grade reading
level, and 10 percent read on a level below
the third grade.
All studies of this problem indicate that
the most noticeable trait of the dropout is
his hostility to and fear of learning. Read-
ing is the key to learning. When the child
cannot read with ease, he becomes annoyed,
frustrated, and-finally-actively hostile to
reading and learning. And then he drops
out. This frustration builds from year to
year from the time the child begins to learn
to read in the first grade .5
Most educators in the field agree that if a
child's reading disability is not identified and
corrected by the fourth grade, there is a good
chance that he or she will drop out of high
school before grade 11.
In order to remedy this condition by at
least making an attempt to break the vicious
cycle of the dropout, I would urge the
House Republican Task Force on Education
to immediately begin considering the pos-
sibility of a summer :remedial program for
children in grades 1, :3, 3, and 4 to correct
reading disability and to provide an en-
riched educational experience for children
who, if otherwise left alone, would soon
become very much alone and very much
afraid.
I propose that this program be called
Project Prevention, inasmuch as it will-
hopefully-prevent a high incidence of drop-
outs.
This program would be of from six to
eight weeks' duration during the summer
months, being conducted by regular qualified
elementary schoolteachers in the existing
school structures across the Nation. It would
be administered by individual school dis-
tricts, under the supervision of the respec-
tive State departments of education. The
Federal Government would provide the funds
necessary for the project upon submission
of a suitable plan of action to the U.S.
Office of Education by State authorities.
It would be an educational rather than a
poverty program, although a good many of
those it would help are in the low family in-
come category.
Let it be clearly understood that under no
circumstances would any of the provisions
of the civil rights bills of 1957. 1960, and
1964 or the voting rights bill of 1965 be
abrogated if the program functions properly.
No segregated schools, or school districts
under indictment by a, Federal grand jury
for a civil rights violation, would be eligible
for funds.
The basic purpose of the program would be
to correct reading and related deficiencies
before the critical fifth year of schooling.
This would be accomplished by a basic cur-
riculum of remedial help in reading and
speech. Special training programs must be
Consultation with Dr. Joseph P. Kulie,
former chairman of the social studies de-
partment at Elmont Memorial High School,
Elmont, N.Y., at Mineola, N.Y., on August
19, 1966.
s Consultation with Dr. John L. David,
director of Pupil Personnel Services for the
South Huntington Schools, at Mineola, N.Y.,
on August 19, 1965.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/108#,: CIA- Pg~7 B0, ~.q 0300140005-9
tctober 19, 1965 CON ~tESSIAI; xE R -? g
Mr. Speaker, the remarks by the Sur-
geon General of the U.S. Navy, Rear Adm.
Robert B. Brown, on the occasion of the
recommissioning of the U.S.S. Repose
AH-16 in San Francisco, Calif., on Octo-
ber 16, sets forth beautifully the bilateral
effort that is being made, to say nothing
of recreating for all who would read the
history of the Repose and hospital ships
in general, to say nothing of close sup-
port of the seamen and our allies around
the world. I think all will be interested:
REMARKS BY REAR ADM. ROBERT B. BROWN,
MEDICAL Cosvs, USN, SURGEON GENERAL
AND CHIEF, BUREAU OF MEDICINE AND SUR-
GERY AT COMMISSIONING OF U.S.S. "REPOSE"
(AH-16), SAN FRANCISCO, CALIF.
It was with great personal as well as pro-
fessional pride and gratification that I re-
ceived Secretary Nitze's invitation to speak
at the commissioning of the U.S.S. Repose.
It has been my privilege to serve on three of
our fine hospital ships-two in World War
II, and one, this very one, in Korea. Mr.
Nitze's invitation reached me in Hawaii as I
was returning from a visit to our medical
facilities in Vietnam and the western. Pa-
cific, more firmly convinced than ever of the
great contributions a hospital ship will make
to the medical support of Our important
military operations in southeast Asia.
The concept of a floating hospital is not
a recent one; in fact, hospital ships can be
traced back to 1741 when the English fleet
invaded Cartagena. Commodore Preble
gave the American Navy its first hospital
ship during the war with Tripoli. When the
fleet left Sicily in 1803, the U.S.S. Intrepid
was left behind to serve as a hospital. The
fleet returned 2 months later, and the In-
trepid resumed her place as a ship of the
line: True, this first hospital ship was cre-
ated by designation rather than planning,
but a hospital ship nonetheless.
Regulations for hospital ships were pub-
lished in 1818, but it was not until the Civil
War that these vessels again appeared with
the fleet. Perhaps the most famous of this
era is the Red Rover, captured from the Con-
federates and converted to a Navy hospital
ship. Commodore Foote described her as
"the most complete thing of the kind that
ever floated * * * the icebox holds over 300
tons. She has bathrooms, laundry, elevator
for the sick from the lower to the upper deck,
amputating room, nine different water clos-
ets, gauze blinds to. the windows to keep the
cinders and smoke from annoying the sick,
two separate kitchens for sick and well, a
regular corps of nurses, and two water closets
for every deck."
There followed a succession of hospital
ships, converted from liners, each an im-
provement over its predecessor, When the
U.S.S. Relief joined the fleet in World Wat I,
it was the first ship of our Navy which had
been constructed at the outset for hospital
purposes.
At the start of World War II, the Navy
had two hospital ships in commission, 'the
Solace and the Relief. The Solace was at
Pearl Harbor when the Japanese made their
infamous attack and she served most capably
in Caring for casualties, At the height of
World'War II the Navy manned a fleet of 18
hospital ships and included In these were
the 6 of the Haven class, of which the Re-
'pose is one. These shops 'were designed and
built from the hull up as 800-bed modern
hospitals.
Three of these fine ships served during the
Korean war, the Repose, the Consolation, and
the Haven. Each was equipped with a hell-
copter landing platform, a recommendation
of Vice Adm. Joel T. Boone, one of our most
distinguished naval medical officers.
Casualties could now be flown directly from
the battlefront to a floating hospital facility
minutes after they were wounded. Initial
evacuation by helicopter, immediate and
thorough professional care on the hospital
ship, and further evacuation to shore-based
hospitals by trained aeromedical teams, un-
doubtedly saved hundreds of American lives.
When the Haven was placed in the reserve
fleet in 1957, to function as a dockside hos-
pital at Long Beach, it marked the first time
since the Civil War that the U.S. Navy lacked
the capability of a complete and modern
floating hospital, a medical facility that
could be underway to an area of need within
a few hours after the call for help went forth.
When the Repose sails for Vietnam she not
only will be adding another illustrious chap-
ter to her long career of humanitarian serv-
ice, but her new "facelifting" will provide
American servicemen with the finest and
most advanced medical treatment in history.
Scores of men working around the clock at
this shipyard have completely overhauled the
gallant veteran of World War II and Korea.
They have probed, painted, and polished her
until she looks like new. And she is liter-
ally better than ever.
The Repose is provided with the most re-
cent hospital equipment and supplies and
with a superbly qualified staff. Her medical
spaces are designed and located to afford
centralized functions and to guarantee max-
imum patient-care benefits. She Is truly a
modern diagnostic and treatment facility.
Her helicopter pad can receive the heavier
craft now in use. If the weather precludes
patient transportation by air, ambulatory
patients can come aboard by way of one of
four ladders and electrically driven hoists
will bring litter patients aboard.
There are two crews aboard the Repose:
the crew responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the ship is commanded by
Captain Maher and includes 16 officers and
200 enlisted personnel; the 750-bed hospital
is commanded by Captain Engle, and is
staffed by 24 physicians, 3 dentists, 7 Medical
Service Corps officers, 2 chaplains, 29 nurses
and 250 hospital corpsmen and dental
technicians.
In addition to providing the basic facili-
ties and capabilities of a large modern hos-
pital, the Repose will carry several innova-
tions to frontline diagnosis and treatment.
For years the Navy has pioneered in the pres-
ervation of blood by freezing. As yet we
have not used frozen blood in Vietnam but
we will have the capability for storing and
reconstituting frozen blood aboard this ship.
I wish to emphasize that this Is an addi-
tional means of meeting peak requirements;
it is a supplement not a replacement for the
effective whole blood program that has been
and is the responsibility of the Army medi-
cal laboratory in Japan. Frozen blood can
be stored for an indefinite period of time
and reconstituted, ready for use, within a
matter of minutes.
The Repose will carry a portable pump-
oxygenator, an artificial heart, with the
trained personnel to utilize it. The feasi-
bility and importance of repairing damaged
blood vessels in the arms and legs in forward
medical facilities was definitely established
during the Korean war. We believe it should
now be determined whether a front-line
capability to artificially support the circula-
tion of the patient and do direct surgery on
the heart (and the large vessels connected to
it) is also important.
Aboard the Repose will be the most mod-
ern laboratory equipment. Included in the
advanced diagnostic techniques available is
the one which utilizes an antigen-antibody
reaction and a fluorescent dye to rapidly
for the treatment of certain types of infec-
tion including tetanus and gas gangrene.
Finally, the Repose will afford an interest-
ing opportunity for the staff to participate
in the civic action program. When the work-
load permits, the doctors, nurses, and corps-
men will be able to go ashore, into the vil-
lages, to help and train the local people to
solve their medical problems. When it can
be done without interfering with our pri-
mary mission, care and treatment of the sick
and injured members of the Armed Forces,
we will make the Repose facilities available
for training selected Vietnamese doctors and
nurses. Civic action activities are winning
for us many new and valuable friends; they
also provide professionally rewarding outlets
for our medical department personnel.
Naval medical personnel are already partici-
pating in civic action programs with AID-
USOM, at the station hospital in Saigon
and with the Marines.
In closing, I express my appreciation to all
of those who have so capably planned and
accomplished the rebuilding of the Repose.
My congratulations and best wishes go with
the splendid crews that have been selected
to operate this fine ship and to carry out
the professional duties inherent in the mis-
sion of her hospital.
(Mr. ELLSWORTH (at the request of
Mr. HALL) was granted permission to
extend his remarks at this point in the
RECORD and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. ELLSWORTH. Mr. Speaker, on
October 14, I introduced a bill, H.R.
11600, to establish a system of Federal-
State tax sharing. As I pointed out at
that time, under the formula of this bill
about $2.5 billion would be returned an-
nually to the States under present condi-
tions and the amount would grow as the
.tax base grows. The State governments
are given complete control over expendi-
ture of this revenue. Under the bill's
formula Kansas, for example, would re-
ceive about $24.5 million which could be
used for any project approved by the
State.
I rise today to point out to my col-
leagues the part played in the introduc-
tion of this legislation by my own con-
stituents. Last June, when most of those
responding to my periodic poll favored
the Federal Government sending a por-
tion of its revenues to the States, I de-
cided it was time for tax-sharing legis-
lation to be drafted. This important
bill is directly in line with the wishes
of the people of the Third District. I
am bringing this to the attention of the
House of Representatives because I be-
lieve it to be evidence that there can be
meaningful interchanges between Con-
gressmen and constituents on vital legis-
lative issues.
BICENTENNIAL OF ABIEL ABBOT,
FOUNDER OF THE WORLD'S FIRST
TAX-SUPPORTED, FREE PUBLIC
LIBRARY IN : PETERBOROUGH,
N.H.
identify the causative organisms of such dis-
eases (Mr. CLEVELAND (at the request of
as tuberculosis and malaria.
Located beneath the helipad is a recom- Mr. HALL) was granted permission to
pression chamber. This chamber can be used extend his remarks at this point in the
for treatment of flying and diving casualties RECORD and to Include extraneous
and also for providing oxygen under pressure matter,)
where they received definitive medical 'and
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD-HOUSE , October 19, 1965
Mr. CLEVELAND. Mr. Speaker, on
next, Sunday, October 24, there will be
ceremonies in Peterborough,' N.H., to
mark the 200th anniversary of the birth
of the Reverend Abiel Abbot who, in
1832, led the founding of the first, tax-
supported, free public library in the
world. Up to that time, free public
libraries were maintained by private
charities and organizations such as
churches, privately endowed universities,
monasteries, corporations, and individual
patrons. -
Under the leadership of Abiel Abbot,
however,,a new era in library science and
public policy was begun on April 9, 1833,
when the town of Peterborough, at Mr.
Abbot's urging, voted to establish a public
library supported by public funds. This
action placed the Peterborough Town
Library in a unique class as the first
library in the world not only to be pat-
ronized by all the people but also sup-
ported and managed by all of them.
Mr. Abbot was a truly remarkable man,
filled with a sense of public service which
he pursued indefatigably to the last-
ing benefits of his fellow man then and
now.
Born. in Wilton, N.H,, December 14,
1795, he came to Peterborough in 1827
when he was 61 to become the minister
of the Unitarian Church. He was a
leader in many efforts to improve the
community and the original library he
founded was primarily for children.
He also created and made available to
the townspeople a ministerial library and
a Sunday school library. He was a inem-
ber of the school committee and founded
a county common school association and
helped to establish a normal school. Mr.
Abbot also worked with the Lyceum
movement which was a sort of adult edu-
cation program. He headed the Peter-
borough Tree Society, which planted
many shade and fruit trees in the town.
He conducted numerous experiments in
agriculture and was a noted historian.
During the active years of his minis-
try--until 1839-and during his retire-
ment years-until his death at 94 in
1859-he gave generously of his time and
money to numerous worthy causes.
Sunday's ceremonies will be conducted
under the auspices of the Peterborough
Historical Society and the principal
speaker is to be Mr. Samuel Abbot Smith,
of Chelsea, Mass., a great-great-grand-
son of Abiel Abbot.
It is an honor and privilege to have
this opportunity for paying tribute in the
House of Representatives to the memory
of so influential a man as the Reverend
Abiel Abbot. That his work continues to
flourish and grow, enriching the whole of
our society is due in large measure to the
leadership of Mrs. Charlotte Derby, presi-
dent of the Peterborough Historical So-
ciety. She has done a magnificent job in
organizing this tribute and bringing be
fore the public knowledge of the life of
Abiel Abbot and his pioneering work in
Peterborough.
THE SECOND DUBLIN CONFER-
ENCE-A DECLARATION FOR
WORLD PEACE
(Mr. CLEVELAND (at the request of
Mr. HALL) was granted ;permission to ex-
tend his remarks at this point in the
RECORD and to include extraneous mat-
ter.)
Mr. CLEVELAND. Mr. Speaker, dur-
ing the first week of October, when Pope
Paul was in New York to issue his elo-
quent appeal for world peace and moral-
ity before the United Nations, another
event of great significance to the cause
of world peace occurred in Dublin, N.H.
This was the Second Dublin Confer-
ence held just 20 years after the First
Dublin Conference once again under the
leadership of the distinguished Mr.
Grenville Clark. A very distinguished
company of 54 men and women gathered
under the general chairmanship of Pres-
ident Kingman Brewster, of Yale, for the
purpose of reviewing the troubled state
of the world after 20 years of seeking
international order through the United
Nations.
The reports of the work of the Second
Dublin Conference were blanketed by the
publicity given to the Pope. Therefore,
I take this opportunity of inserting in the
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD an excellent ac-
count of the conference which appeared
in the Peterborough Transcript, an edi-
torial from the Transcript, the text of
the declaration of the conference as pub-
lished in the Transcript, and a column
by the distinguished commentator Max
Freedman, which appeared in the Wash-
ington Sunday Stai' on October 10:
DUBLIN DECLARATION SEEKS END TO WAR-
SUPPLEMENTS POPE'S MESSAGE-WORLD
PEACE PLAN NEARLY UNANIMOUS
In the echoes of Pope Paul's thunderous
world peace message the previous day, the
Second Dublin Declaration was released
Tuesday morning in the Alexander James
studio, where the Dublin conference had
been meeting since early Saturday.
Almost a supplement to the Pope's plea
for peace to originate in the hearts of man,
the statement etched the outlines of "an
effective world organization to prevent war."
Of the 54 conferees, 52 announced that they
would sign the declaration. "The other two
may sign at any time, for all I know," said
conference secretary Grenville Clark.
In 1945, 30 of 48 delegates signed the First
Dublin Declaration.
Mr. Clark held out hope that the con-
ference's conclusions would encourage more
interest in the problem of reaching and
maintaining peace.
Sunday the group sent a greeting to. Pope
Paul,, emphasizing their common concern
with world peace through universally appli-
cable law.
The first declaration was presented to
President Truman, congressmen, leaders of
other nations and U.N. delegates. Before
such distribution of the second declara-
tion, however, Mr. Clark announced he would
make soundings of the "efficacy of the docu-
ment- In other parts of the world," and if the
response was favorable, a Third Dublin Con-
ference might convene in 3 or 4 months.
Several conferees were critical of the decla-
ration's approach, even while praising it.
W. H. Ferry, onetime Manchester and Con-
cord newsman, now vice president of the
Center for Democratic Institutions, Santa
Barbara, Calif., told his colleagues that the
document was hampered by a "made in
America" .imprint.
"HEARTS OF MEN"
He challenged whether the message would
reach the "hearts and minds of men," an
aspect also emphasized by clergymen at the
conference.
Edgar A. Snow, author and expert on Com-
munist China, who had flown in from Ge-
neva, attacked the document's special men-
tion of Red China and was instrumental in
having a reference to China toned down.
Although urging a strengthened U.N.
charter to implement its recommendations
(with another world body to replace the U.N.
if it failed), the declaration pointed out six
U.N. deficiencies.
Its first, point is that nations having one-
fourth the population of the world are not
in the U.N., an obvious suggestion that
China should have U.N. membership.
Mr. Snow punctured more than one myth
in the 5-day peace discussion. Although
most Americans don't believe there is a force
in the world such as "American national-
ism," or "Imperialism," as Russia and China
term U.S. military activities, many nations
"shiver in an atmosphere of oppression and
fear" of American interference in their af-
fairs.
OUTSIDE TWO-THIRDS
World federalism is held in suspicion in
the two-thirds of the world-China and the
underdeveloped, nonwhite nations-which
is on the "outside" of the rich North At-
lantic community, Mr. Snow emphasized.
These nations have just gained their in-
dependence and they are not going to sur-
render their precious sovereignty to a world
government, he said. The Chinese have just
found their national unity for the first time
in 300 years.
Mr. Snow said that war was not in China's
interest, because the Chinese are at last
solving their centuries-old problems, espe-
cially in agriculture.
What the "outside" two-thirds of the world
wants and needs are (1) security for its vari-
ous national sovereignties and protection
from outside interference, (2) the means to
catch up quickly with the advanced third
of the world.
CALL FOR DEVELOPMENT
The declaration calls for a world develop-
ment agency, which would answer the sec-
ond need, although the call is not so strongly
stressed as some conferees wished.
The Dublin statement also calls for the
freedom for nations to have their own re-
volutions, unless their internal conflicts
threaten world peace.
Mr. Snow pointed out that the present
tendency to charge into a country and pre-
vent overthrow of an established government
by a militant minority would have prevented
the American, French, and Russian revolu-
tions from occurring.
The peace document was produced by a
conference drafting committee, which went
into the early morning hours on two occa-
sions to polish up the controversial and high-
ly important language involved.
THE DRAFTERS
Stanley A. Weigel, judge of the U.S. district
court in San Francisco, was chairman of the
drafting group, the members of which were
A. J. G. Priest, professor of law, University
of Virgina Law School; Abraham Wilson,
lawyer and counsel for United World Fed-
eralists, New York; George C. Holt, columnist
and executive director, New England branch,
United World Federalists; Robert, H. Reno,
Concord lawyer; Charles Bolts, executive vice
president, Viking Press, New York, and Louis
B. Sohn, Bemis professor of international
law, Harvard University Law School.
Consultants included Norman Cousins, Sat-
urday Review editor; John K. Jessup, Life
magazine chief editorial writer; James P.
Warburg, author, Greenwich, Conn., and
Gerard Piel, publisher, Scientific American.
In ex officio roles were Mr. Clark, Mr. Brew-
ster, and Thomas H. Mahony, Boston lawyer.
HIGHLY PRAISED
The first draft was highly praised by a
number of conferees including Mr. Clark,
who termed it "a superb document," present-
ing "a superbly balanced consensus of views."
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 ^ililIVVGM 1 VI 1\GIGQJG LVVV/ IV/ I~ . VIA-1\VI VI'VVV~~VI \VVVVVV I~VVVV-J
"26426 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD -SENATE October 19, 1965
of communication; 14 and this problem was
periodically reexamined during the years
which followed.2
In New York City (as in other cities) Is
the board of education turned its attention
to the Puerto Rican child because communi-
cation had to be established, and (in this
context) the most ambitious study of the
educational problems presented by the Puer-
to Rican migration became (for New York
City) "a 4-year inquiry into the education
and adjustment of Puerto Rican pupils in
the public schools of New York City * * * a
major effort * * * to establish on a sound
basis a citywide program for the continuing
improvement of the educational opportuni-
ties of all non-English speaking pupils in
the public schools." 17
If the major emphasis of "The Puerto
Rican Study" was to have been the basic
problem of language (English), its objectives
were soon extended to include the equally
important areas of community orientation
and acculturation. The study's objectives
were summed-up in three main problems:
1, What are the more effective ways (meth-
ods) and materials for teaching English as
a second language to newly arrived Puerto
Rican pupils?
2. What are the most effective techniques
with which the schools can promote a more
rapid and more effective adjustment of
Puerto Rican parents and children to the
community and the community to them?
3. Who are the Puerto Rican pupils in the
New York City public schools? 18
For each of these problems, "The Puerto
Rican Study" made detailed recommenda-
tions (problem III, largely an ethnic survey,
resulted in a profile of characteristics of
pupils of Puerto Rican background and fused
into problems I and II) 1D
PROBLEM I: HOW EFFECTIVELY TO TEACH ENG-
LISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
"The Puerto Rican Study," concluded that
an integrated method (vocabulary method;
structured or language patterns method; and
the functional situations or experiential
method) was to be employed, and it devel-
oped two series of related curriculum bulle-
tins, keyed to the prescribed New York City
course of study 2? But in the course of its
""Puerto Rican Pupils in the New York
City Schools, 1951." The Mayor's Advisory
Committee on Puerto Rican Affairs, Subcom-
mittee on Education, Recreation and Parks.
This was a survey of 75 elementary and jun-
ior high schools as well as a report on day
classes for adults, evening schools, com-
munity centers and vacation playgrounds.
The report was directed by Dr. Leonard Co-
vello, principal of Benjamin Franklin High
School in East Harlem. See in this connec-
tion, Covello's "The Heart Is The Teacher,"
N.Y., McGraw Hill, 1958, passim.
18 See Martin B. Dworkis, ed., "The Impact
of Puerto Rican Migration on Governmental
Services in New York City," N.Y., New York
University Press, 1957.
"Particularly, Philadelphia, Chicago, New-
ark, and Camden, N.J,
17J. Cayce Morrison, director, "The Puerto
Rican Study (1953-57) : A Report on the
Education and Adjustment of Puerto Rican
Pupils In the Public Schools of the City of
New York," New. York: Board of Education
(1958), P. 1.
Is Ibid. See "Summary of Recommenda-
tions Made by the Puerto Rican Study for
the Program in the New York City Schools,"
(New York, Board of Education). Dec. 8,
1958.
19 The profile was separately published in
1956, and reprinted in the final report (1958).
Y9 A series of nine resource units and four
language guides. Each resource unit bulle-
tin contains three or more resource units.
See "Puerto Rican Study" (Publications of
the Puerto Rican Study) for list.
considerations, it dealt with the ancillary
(and vital) need "to formulate a uniform
policy for the reception, screening, place-
ment and periodic assessment of non-English
speaking pupils." 21 It recommended (until
such time as the Bureau of Educational Re-
search may find or develop better tests or
tests of equal value) the use of the USE
test-ability to understand spoken English;
the Gates reading test-primary and ad-
vanced; and the Lorge-Thorndike nonverbal
test. It proposed, too, three broad categories
of class organization; considered the need
of adequate staffing (substitute auxiliary
teachers [SAT]; Puerto Rican coordinators;
school-community coordinators and other
teaching positions [OTP]; and guidance
counselors, particularly in the senior high
schools), and found essential the "coordinat-
ing [of] efforts of colleges and universities
* * * to achieve greater unity of purpose and
effort in developing both undergraduate and
graduate programs for teachers who will work
with non-English speaking pupils." 22
PROBLEM II: HOW TO PROMOTE A MORE RAPID
AND MORE EFFECTIVE ADJUSTMENT OF PUERTO
RICAN PARENTS AND CHILDREN TO THE COM-
MUNITY AND THE COMMUNITY TO THEM.
In its recognition of this problem, "The
Puerto Rican Study" struggled with provid-
ing answers to the basic anxieties and pre-
occupations of a group of people beset with
problems of housing, adequate employment,
health, and "assimilation." That the study
found difficulty in providing answers is per-
haps explained in its inability to relate the
answers it found most effective to the man-
date of the school. If it was possible to re-
vise curriculums and discern the problems
implicit in the learning experience of the
Puerto Rican child, it remained an altogether
.different matter to attempt the solution of
broad socioeconomic problems, or to at-
tempt the amelioration of community ills.
In essence, the following statement suggests
how far the schools have retreated from the
,community: "On the relation of Puerto
Rican parents to schools, 'The Puerto Rican
Study' holds that because Puerto Rican par-
ents are preoccupied with problems of learn-
Ing English, finding apartments, finding em-
ployment, and with problems of providing
their families with food, clothing, and proper
health protection, they are not ready to set
a high priority on their children's school
problems. The schools can't wait until they
are ready." 22
If "The Puerto Rican Study" is not thought
of as a finished guide to the solution of the
problem it investigates but rather as a be-
ginning, it must be characterized as the best
assessment of the educational challenges
which the Spanish-speaking child poses to
the American school. In this sense, it is
both a guide and a blueprint for effective
reform.
IV. A POSTSCRIPT
Basically, the Puerto Rican child is not a
newcomer to the American school. In many
ways he presents himself to a school and
a society whose very nature is heterogeneous
and variegated and to which the non-Eng-
lish-speaking child is no stranger. In this
sense, the acquisition of English for the
Puerto Rican child (if necessary and inevi-
table) is not a great problem; certainly, it is
soluble problem to which the American
school brings a rich and successful experience
and "The Puerto Rican Study" affirms how
successful and resourceful American schools
can and have been. What is more important
to the Puerto Rican child (and to American
society) is the process of acculturation. How
does the Puerto Rican child retain his iden-
tity? his language? his culture? In sub-
stance this remains the crucial problem, and
21 See summary, supra, p. 3.
21 Ibid., p. 5.
29 Ibid., p. 7.
in this crucial context, the role of the school
in American society needs to be carefully
assessed. If the Puerto Rican child is sinned
against today, the tragedy lies in the con-
tinued assault against his identity, his lan-
guage, and his cultural wellsprings. In this
sense, his experience is not fundamentally
different from that of millions of other chil-
dren to whom the American school was a
mixed blessing. This is in no way a depreca-
tion of the egalitarianism of the American
"common school," but rather a reaffirmation
of the loss of the great opportunity that a
free society afforded its schools to nurture
and treasure the rich and varied traditions
of its charges. The "melting pot" theory Is
at best an illusion measured against the
realities of American society, and a true
discernment of its strengths 24
In another light, the Puerto Rican child
is the creature of his social context: Its
opportunities or lack of opportunities. If
his needs are to be met, they can only be
effectively met insofar as the needs of this
context are met. A school which is not
community- oriented is a poor school. If this
is so for the middle-class suburban school,
it is even more so for the urban school which
is the heir of the myriad complexities of a
rapidly deteriorating central city. More im-
portant than the Puerto Rican child's lack
of English, is the lack of that economic se-
curity and well-being that relates him to a
viable family structure. If the Puerto Rican
child's major disenchantment does not re-
sult from the segregated schools into which
his poverty has placed him,25 still one would
have to deplore the school's inability to cope
with the alienation that segregation spawns,
and the bitter destitution that poverty brings
to its children. Perhaps, the Great Society
really emerges from a strengthening of the
school by its joining hands with all the
creative agencies of the community.
V PROGRESS IN VIETNAM
Mr. CANNON. Mr. President, re-
cently, I had the rare opportunity to
visit extensively is southeast Asia on be-
half of the Armed Services Committee
and the Preparedness Subcommittee of
which I am a member.
Yesterday, I made preliminary com-
ments on some aspects of the trip which
impressed me, and I am preparing a
more detailed written report. However,
I do feel I can assure the Members of this
body that the tremendous cost of the
Vietnam war in both manpower and
money is not being expended vainly and
without results.
My overall impression is that we are
making progress there and I have the
feeling of cautious optimism about
achieving our objective in Vietnam
which is to use our military might to
reach a peaceful, negotiated settlement
at the conference table.
I traveled extensively in many areas
where combat operations were involved
on land, sea, and air, and I came away
in unhesitating admiration of the qual-
ity of our fighting men and of their abil-
ity to satisfactorily perform their mis-
24 See Milton M. Gordon, "Assimilation in
American Life: The Role of Race, Religion
and National Origins," New York, Oxford
University Press, 1964; and review, F. Cor-
dasco, Journal of Human Relations, vol. 13
(winter 1965) pp. 142-143.
0 See Joseph Monserrat, "School Integra-
tion: A Puerto Rican View," conference on
integration in New York City public schools,
Teachers College, Columbia University, May
1, 1963.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE 26425
from the island amounted to nearly 390,000.
The census of 1950 began the recording of
second generation Puerto Ricans (those born
on the continent to Island-born parents) and
counted 76,000; in 1960, the figure stood at
272,000, so that by 1960 3 out of every 10
Puerto Rican residents in the United States
were born in the States.
Although, there has been a dispersal of
the migration outside Greater New York City,
the overwhelming number of Puerto Ricaxis
are New Yorkers; the 1960 census showed
612,574 living in New York City (68.6 percent
of the U.S. total). New York City's propor-
tion had dropped from 88 percent in 1940 to
83 percent in 1950 and to 69 percent In
1960.1 If there is no serious setback in the
American economy the dispersion will un-
doubtedly continue?
The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico neither
encourages nor discourages migration. As
an American citizen, the Puerto Rican moves
between the island and the mainland with
complete freedom. if his movement is vul-
nerable to anything, it fluctuates only with
reference to the economy on the mainland.
Any economic recession or contraction gra-
phioally shows in the migration statistics a
It is at best invidious to suggest that "the
Puerto Rican migration to Nueva York, un-
checked by immigrant quotas, is a major
source of the island's prosperity," but there
is truth in the appended observation that
the migration "? s * upgraded the mi-
grants, converted them from rural to urban
people, relieved the island of some of Its
labor surplus, and sent lots of cash back
home. "
For the American schools, the Puerto
Rican migration presented a distinct and yet
in many ways a recurrent phenomenon.
With the, imposition of immigration quotas
In the early twenties, the non-English-
speaking student had gradually disappeared.
The great European migration and the mani-
fold educational -problems to which the
American schools had addressed themselves
had in a "manner been resolved; with the In-
creasing Puerto Rican migration and the re-
current pattern of the ghettoization of the
new arrivals, the migrant child, non-English-
speaking and nurtured by a different culture,
presented the American schools with a new
yet very old challenge.'
1 U.S. Bureau of the Census, U.S. Census
of Population: 1960, "Subject Reports:
Puerto Ricans in the United States." Final
report, PC (2) -1 D, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C., 1963.
S The 1960 densus reported Puerto Rican-
born persons living in all but 1 (Duluth-
Superior) of the 101 standard metropolitan
statistical areas of over 250,000 population.
Particular concentrations were reported
(1960) as Chicago, 35,361; Paterson-Clifton-
Passaic, N.J., 6,641; Los Angeles-Long Beach,
7,214; San Francisco-Oakland, 4,068. For an
illuminating study of Puerto Rican dispersal
in New Jersey, see Max Wolff, "Patterns of
Change in the Cities of New Jersey: Minori-
ties-Negroes and Puerto Ricans Affected by
and Affecting These Changes," N.Y., mimeo-
graphed, 1961
$ See in this connection migration figures
for 1953-54. The best source on Puerto
Rican migration is the Migration Division of
the Department of Labor, Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, which maintains a central main-
land office in New York-City and offices in
other U.S. cities. It also maintains an office
in Puerto Rico to carry out a program of
orientation for persons who intend to migrate
to the States.
Patricia Sexton, "Spanish Harlem: Anat-
omy of Poverty," N.Y., Harper & Row, 1965,
p. 15.
5 Although one of the greatest achieve-
ments of the American common school has
been the acculturation and assimilation of
the children of non-English speaking immi-
II. PUERTO RICANS AND MAINLAND SCHOOLS
The Puerto Rican journey to the main-
land has been (and continues to be) the sub-
ject of a vast literature! For the most part,
the Puerto Rican child reflects a context of
bitter deprivation, poor housing, high unem-
ployment, and a record of disappointing edu-
cational achievement. It is the poverty con-
text to which the Puerto Rican community
has been relegated in our cities that explains
its problems and graphically underscores Its
poor achievement in the schools. Not only
is the Puerto Rican child asked to adapt to
a cultural ambience which is strange and
new, he remains further burdened by an the
negative pressures of a ghetto milieu which
educators have discerned as inimical to even
the most rudimentary educational acconl-
plishment?
How the Puerto Rican child has fared in
the mainland schools Is best illustrated in
the experience in New York City, where
Puerto Ricans have the lowest level of
formal education of any identifiable ethnic
or color group. Only 13 percent of Puerto
Rican men and women 25 years of age and
older in 1960 had completed either high
school or more advanced education. Among
New York's nonwhite (predominately Negro)
population, 31.2 percent had completed
high school; and the other white population
(excluding Puerto Ricans) did even better.
Over 40 percent had at least completed high
school!
In 1960, more than half-52.9 percent-of
Puerto Ricans in New York City 25 years
of age and older had less than an eighth
grade education. In contrast, 29.5 percent
of the nonwhite population had not finished
the eighth grade, and only 19.3 percent of the
other Whites had so low an academic prepara-
tion'
If the schools in New York City were to
correct all of this (the numbers in the second
generation who have reached adult years is
still small, only 6.4 percent of persons 20
years of age and older in 1960), there is still
evidence that Puerto Rican youth, more
than any other group, Is severely handicapped
grants (largely European), it has received lit-
tle study. See F. Cordasco and L. Covello,
"Educational Sociology: A Subject Index of
Doctoral Dissertations Completed at Ameri-
can Universities, 1941-83," N.Y., Scarecrow
Press, 1965. Of over 2,000 dissertations listed,
only a few clearly concern themselves with
the non-English immigrant child, or gen-
erally with the educational problems of the
children of immigrants.
9 One of the best accounts is Clarence
Senior, "The Puerto Ricans," Chicago, Quad-
rangle-Books, 1965, which includes an exten-
sive bibliography. See also Christopher
Rand, "The Puerto Ricans," N.Y., Oxford,
1958; Don Wakefield, "Island in the City,"
Boston, Houghton-Mifflin, 1959; Elena Pa-
dilla, "Up From Puerto Rico," N.Y., Columbia
University Press, 1958; Jesus Colon, "A Puerto
Rican in New York and Other Sketches,"
N.Y., Mainstream Publications, 1961; an older
but invaluable documented study of Puerto
Ricans in New York City is that of C. Wright
Mills, Clarence Senior, and Rose Kohn Gold-
sen, "The Puerto Rican 'Journey,' N.Y., Har-
per, 1950.
1 For a graphic commentary on the debili-
tating environmental pressures and the
"ghetto milieu" see David Barry, "Our
Christian Mission Among Spanish-Ameri-
cans," mimeographed, Princeton. University
consultation, Feb. 21-23, 1965. The statis-
tical indexes of Puerto Rican poverty (and
the related needs) are best assembled In
"The Puerto Rican Community Develop-
ment Project," N.Y., the Puerto Rican Forum,
1964, pp. 26-75.
1 See "The Puerto Rican Community De-
velopment Project," p. 34.
6 Ibid., pp. 345.
in achieving an education in the New York
City public schools. A 1961 study of a Man-
hattan neighborhood showed that fewer than
10 percent of Puerto Ricans in the 3d grade
were reading at their grade level or above.
The degree of retardation was extreme.
Three in ten were retarded 11/2 years or more
and were, in the middle of their third school
year, therefore, reading at a level only ap-
propriate for entry into the second grade.
By the eighth grade the degree of retarda-
tion was even more severe with almost two-
thirds of the Puerto Rican youngsters
retarded more than 3 years10
Of the nearly 21,000 academic diplomas
granted in 1983, only 831 went to Puerto
Ricans and 762 to Negroes, representing only
1.6 percent and 3.7 percent, respectively, of
the total academic diplomas. In contrast,
Puerto Ricans received. 7.4 percent of the
vocational school diplomas, and Negroes, 15.2
percent. For the Puerto Rican community,
these figures have critical significance since
Puerto Rican children constituted in 1963
about 20 percent of the public elementary
school register; 18 percent of the junior high
school register; and in keeping with long
discerned trends, Puerto Rican youngsters
made up 23 percent of the student body in
vocational schools and 29 percent of that in
special (difficult) schooled
Clearly, the critical issue for the Puerto
Rican community is the education of its
children, for the experience in New York
City is a macrocosm which illustrates all the
facets of the mainland experience.
III. EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS TO MEET THE NEEDS
OF PUERTO RICAN CBU,DREN
In the last decade a wide range of articles
have reported special educational programs
to meet the needs of Puerto Rican children; 19
although many of these have been of value,
the more ambitious theoretic constructs have
largely come from the school boards and
staffs which, have had todeal with the basic
problem of communication in classes where
a growing (and at times preponderant) num-
ber of Spanish-speaking children were found.
As early as 1951 in New York City, a mayor's
Advisory Committee onPuertoRican Affairs
turned its attention to this major problem
16 Ibid., p. 30. The study was undertaken
by the Research Center, Columbia University
School of Social Work.
11 "Puerto Rican Community Development
Project," p. 41, and tables, pp. 43-44.
12 The situation would not be significantly
different in other cities where the Puerto
Rican community is encapsulated in pov-
erty, e.g., Camden, N.J., Philadelphia, Chi-
cago. A different dimension would be added
in the educational problems presented in
those areas where Puerto Rican migrant
workers, contracted for agricultural labor,
live for varying periods of time. The best
source of information on the Puerto Rican
agricultural migrant worker is the Migra-
tion Division, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
See footnote No. 3, supra. The New Jersey
Office of Economic Opportunity completed a
study of the needs of migrant workers in that,
State In terms of its projected programs. The
report ("Herdman Report") has not yet
(October 1965) been released.
1s Typical is Jack Cohn, "Integration of
Spanish Speaking Newcomers in a 'Fringe
Area' School," National Elementary Prin-
cipal (May 1960), pp. 29-33 See also F.
Cordasco, "Helping the Language Barrier
Student," the Instructor, vol. 72 (May
1963), p. 20; S. L. Elam, "Acculturation and
Learning Problems of Puerto Rican Chil-
dren," Teachers College Record, vol. 01 (1960)
pp. 258-264; James Olsen, "Children of the
Ghetto," High Points, vol. 46 (1964), pp. 25-
33; John A. Burma, "Spanish Speaking Chil-
dren," in Eli Ginzberg? The Nation's Children,
vol. 8 (1960), pp. 78-102.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 A ` Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
October 19, 1965 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE 26427
Sion. I do not believe, from what I saw,
that freedom can be bought cheaply in
that troubled part of the world, but I
believe we are inspiring confidence
among our ? SEATO allies and that our
enemies and our friends know that we
mean what we say and that we are not
afraid to fight to keep our commitments.
The distinguished Senators from Ohio
and Maryland, Senator Youso, and Sen-
ator BREWSTER, with whom I was as-
sociated, looked long and hard into re-
ports of shortages of ammunition, boots,
and other equipment, and were unable
to substantiate any claims of deficiency.
On the contrary, it seemed to me that
our boys were being supplied with the
finest materiel available and the equip-
nent was suitable for accomplishment of
their mission.
I found morale extremely high but
one question continued to arise wher-
ever we were able to visiting the fighting
men. It was one of concern, disappoint-
ment, disillusionment, and sometimes
anger over the student demonstrations
and the mockery of draft cards which
has been so much in the news of late.
I could not help but wonder what
our enemies must think, let alone what
our friends wonder when they learn of
these outrageous misuses of the priv-
ileges of citizenship.
Of course, I attempted to explain that
these vulgar and sickeningly unpatriotic
gestures were the rare exceptions and
not the rule among our youth and on
our campuses. I still believe that, but I
do not think we can minimize the dam-
age and misunderstandings that these
wanton acts provoke.
The magnitude of our effort in help-
ing the South Vietnamese achieve both
military and political stability is truly
impressive. American ingenuity is being
demonstrated every day in the construc-
tion of airfields, ports, communications
networks, and the coordination of all
these factors in a manner which will in-
spire confidence and create the neces-
sary morale to sustain the people of that
troubled country. It is true that the
performance of our allies in this fight
has so far been disappointing, but I hope
that in due time they will be inspired,
as were all of us on this visit, with the
example of the South Korean nation,
which sent a division, including marines,
to South Vietnam, and plans to step up
its fighting personnel there to 20,000
men.
It seems to me, Mr. President, that
each clay brings additional strength to
our resolve to strive toward an honor-
able peace without weakening our de-
termination to discourage aggression.
As a result of this trip, I am convinced
more than ever before that our active
presence in southeast Asia is the only
acceptable course, and the correct one
.for this Nation.
MESSAGE FROM THE HOUSE
A message from the House of Repre-
sentatives, by Mr. Bartlett, one of its
reading clerks, announced that the
House had passed, without amendment,
the following bills of the Senate:
S. 337. An act for the relief of F. F. Hintze;
S. 343. An act for the relief of Parade
Marchesan;
S. 374. An act for the relief of Dr. Guiller-
mo Castrillo (Fernandez) ;
S. 711. An act for the relief of Mrs. Hertha
L. Wohlmuth; and
S. 2039. An act for the relief of Ken Allen
Keene (Yasuo Tsukikawa).
The message also announced that the
House concurred in the amendments of
the Senate numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, and 13
to the bill (H.R. 168) to amend title 38
of the United States Code to provide
increases in the rates of disability com-
pensation, and for other purposes; that
the House disagreed to the amendments
of the Senate numbered 6 and 11 to the
bill, and that the House concurred in the
amendments of the Senate numbered 5,
7, 8, 9, 10, and 12 to the bill, severally
with an amendment, in which it re-
quested the concurrence of the Senate.
- The message further announced that
the House concurred in the amendment
of the Senate numbered 1 to the bill
(H.R. 227) to amend title 38 of the
United States Code to entitle the chil-
dren of certain veterans who served in
the Armed Forces prior to September 16,
1940, to benefit under the war orphans
educational assistance program, and that
the House disagreed to the amendment
of the Senate numbered 2 to the bill.
The message also announced that the
House had passed the following bills, in
which it requested the concurrence of
the Senate:
H.R.5493. An act to provide that the flag
of the United States of America may be flown
for 24 hours of each day in Lexington, Mass.;
and
H.R. 6568. An act to amend the Tariff Act
of 1930 to make permanent the existing tem-
porary suspension of duty on copra, palm
nuts, and palm-nut kernels, and the oils
crushed therefrom, and for other purposes.
HOUSE BILLS REFERRED
The following bills were each read
twice by their titles and referred, as
indicated:
H.R. 5493. An act to provide that the flag
of the United States of America may be flown
for 24 hours of each day in Lexington, Mass.;
to the Committee on the Judiciary.
H.R. 6568. An act to amend the Tariff Act
of 1930 to make permanent the existing tem-
porary suspension of duty on copra, palm
nuts, and palm-nut kernels, and the oils
crushed therefrom, and for other purposes;
to the Cbmmittee on Finance.
SUGAR ACT AMENDMENTS OF 1965
The Senate resumed the considera-
tion of the bill (H.R. 11135) to amend
and extend the provisions of the Sugar
Act of 1948, as amended.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Madam
President, I have technical amendments
at the desk. I have cleared them with
Senators on both sides of the aisle. I
do not think there is any objection to
them.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
amendments offered by the Senator
from Louisiana will be stated.
The legislative clerk read the amend-
ments, as follows:
Page 32, line 4, after "from" insert a
comma.
Page 34, line 12, strike out "(2)" and in-
sert "(3)"
Page 37, line 1, strike out "subsection
(d)(1)(B)" and insert "paragraph (1)(B)
of this subsection".
Page 37, line 14, strike out "(2)".
Page 39, line 15, strike out "subsections
(c) (3) and (d) (1) of this section" and in-
sert "subsection (c) (3) and paragraph (1)
of this subsection".
On page 46, line 22, after "are amended"
insert "to read".
On page 49, line 20, strike out "(3) ".
On page 55, line. 4, after the period insert
the following: "The amendments made by
section 9 of this Act shall become effective
on the date of the enactment of this Act."
Mr. WILLIAMS of Delaware. Madam
President, may I ask the Senator from.
Louisiana if I am correct in my under-
standing that these are technical amend-
ments only?
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. They are
purely technical. They correct language
that should be corrected.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
question is on agreeing to the amend-
ments of the Senator from Louisiana en
bloc.
The amendments were agreed to en
bloc.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
bill is open to further amendment.
AMENDMENT NO. 474
Mr. DOUGLAS. Madam President, I
ask the clerk to state an amendment
which I have at the desk, but before the
clerk reads the amendment, let me say
that substitute numbers should be in-
serted at the appropriate places, because
the original pagination followed the orig-
inal bill.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
amendment offered by the Senator from
Illinois will be stated.
The legislative clerk proceeded to read
the amendment.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Madam
President, I ask for the yeas and nays
on passage of the bill.
Mr. DOUGLAS. Madam President,
first, the yeas and nays on the amend-
ment should be ordered.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. The Senator
has not offered it yet. I would like to
ask for the yeas and nays on the passage
of the bill first.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
Senator from Illinois requested that his
amendment be read. The clerk had not
completed the reading of the amend-
ment.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Madam President,
I ask unanimous consent that further
reading of the amendment be suspended
while the yeas and nays are asked for,
and then that the amendment be read in
full.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there
objection? Without objection, it is so
ordered.
Mr. MANSFIELD. Madam President,
I ask for the yeas and nays on passage of
the bill.
The yeas and nays were ordered.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Madam
President, I now ask for the yeas and
nays on the amendment of the Senator
from Illinois [Mr. DOUGLAS).
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26428
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9 ? t 1i , CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE October 19, 1965
Mr. MANSFIELD. Madam President,
I ask unanimous consent that the yeas
and nays may be ordered even though
the amendment has not been read.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there
objection? Without objection, it is so
ordered.
The yeas and nays were ordered.
The PRESIDING OFFICER. The
clerk will continue reading the amend-
ment.
The legislative clerk resumed and con-
cluded the reading of the amendment
offered by Mr. DOUGLAS, which is as
follows:
On page 48, strike out lines 12 and 13, and
insert the following:
"SEc. 10. Section 213 of the Sugar Act of
1943, as amended, is amended to read as
follows:
"'IMPORT FEES
'SEC. 213. (a) Except as hereinafter pro-
vidW, as a condition for importing sugar
into the United States under this Act from
any foreign country, an import fee, com-
puted as provided in subsection (b), shall, be
paid to the United States by the person
applying to the Secretary for entry and re-
lease of such sugar. Payment of such fee
shall be made in accordance with regulations
promulgated by the Secretary. This sub-
section shall not apply to sugar imported
from the Republic of the Philippines or from
any country in the Western Hemisphere
(other than any possession, protectorate, or
dependency of France or the United King-
dom).
"'(b) The import fee under subsection (a)
with respect to any auger imported into the
United States under tlJ,s Act shall be an
amount (computed on a per pound, raw
value basis) equal to the amount by which
the domestic price for raw auger on the date
of importation exceeds the higher of--
" ' (1) the world market price for raw sugar
on the date of importation (determined by
the Secretary and adjusted for freight to
New York, insurance, and customs duties
imposed by the United States), or
11 1 (2) the average world market price for
raw,sugar during the 15-year period preced-
ing the year of importation (determined by
the Secretary and adjusted for freight to New
York, insurance, and customs duties and im-
port taxes imposed by the United States).
" "(c) The import fees received by the Sec-
retary under subsection (a) shall be covered
into the Treasury into a special fund to be
known as the Alliance for Progress Fund.
There are authorized to be appropriated
from such Fund, solely for the purposes of
the Alliance for Progress, such amounts as
may from time to time be provided by ap-
propriation Acts.' "
ANALYSIS OF AMENDMENT
Mr. DOUGLAS. Madam President,
the amendment which I have suggested
would not affect the domestic beet and
cane sugar programs, nor would it affect
the allocation and payment on sugar with
respect to the Philippines, which is regu-
lated by treaty.
The amendment would not impose an
import fee on any, sugar coming from
the Western Hemisphere with the excep-
tion of the French colonial possessions
and the British colonial possessions; but
it would impose an import fee on sugar
corning from countries outside the West-
ern Hemisphere and on what comes from
the British West Indies and the French
West Indies.
In all, the amendment would impose
import fees on 471,98;1 tons allocated to
countries outside the Western Hemis-
phere and on the 126,017 tons allocated
to the British West Indies, and British
Honduras.
The French West Indies are included in
the tabulation under "French" and out-
side the Western Hemisphere, which is a
printer's error. It would, therefore,
apply to approximately 598,000 tons out
of the total.
The amendment would levy this import
fee on the difference between a 15-year
moving average of the world price, which
would be 4.22 cents, plus the shipping
cost and insurance cost of about half a
cent a pound, plus the tariff of five-
eighths of a cent, or a total of approxi-
mately 5.3 cents a pound.
The present price is $6.85, so there
would be a return of approximately one-
half cent a pound or $30 a ton, or on just
short of 600,000 tons, about $18 million,
if my arithmetic is correct.
That money, of course, would not be
appropriated automatically. We have
no authority to appropriate it now, but
it would go into a fund, and we would
authorize appropriations from that fund
for the Alliance for Progress.
LATIN AMERICA BETTER OFF UNDER AMENDMENT
I point out that Latin America would
come out much better under the plan
which I am suggesting than under the
plan proposed by the Committee on
Finance, for Latin America would re-
ceive everything which it would other-
wise get. The independent countries of
Latin America would be receiving every-
thing they would, be getting under the
administration bill, the Senate bill, or
the I-louse bill. In addition, they would
be getting the import fees collected from
suga-r imported from outside the hemi-
sphere. This money would go to the
common people of Latin America instead
of to the rich landlords, as is contem-
plated in the bill proposed by the Com-
mittee on Finance.
First, I wish to take up the question
as to what economic responsibility, if
any, in the form of sugar subsidies we
have to countries outside the Western
Hemisphere. I know of none. We as-
sume no automatic military or economic
protection over them.
Australia is an independent country,
and an extremely prosperous country.
They do not need aid. They would not
ask for aid. They would be offended if
aid were suggested.
Formosa is a republic, to which we no
longer give economic aid.
South Africa is a country to which we
owe no obligation. As the great gold-
producing area of the world it needs no
artificial stimulants. I believe it pro-
duces at least two-thirds of the gold
supply of the world. It has enough pur-
chasing power to buy materials from the
rest of the world.
With respect to India, I have always
supported aid to India. I believe that I
was the first Senator to come to the sup-
port of Senator HUMPHREY over a decade
ago when he began his campaign first, to
give wheat to India, and then, when he
was prevented from doing that, to sell
wheat to India in soft currency terms.
That is putting food in the mouths of
Indians.
But this proposal would take nutri-
ment away from the mouths of Indian
children. It calls on India to export
sugar and deprives its own people of
sugar. It may be too much sugar.
This is supposed to be one cause for
American obesity. But the Indians are
not troubled, or very few of them are
troubled, with obesity. They have trou-
ble with malnutrition and they need all
the-calories they can get from the sugar
which we would take away from them.
We would be taking away nourishment
of sugar from the mouths of Indian chil-
dren in order to put money in the pock-
ets of Indian landlords.
As to the Fiji Islands, which are al-
lotted 35,489 tons, I believe Senator FUL-
BRIGHT is quite correct when he says that
all the sugar in the Fiji Islands is owned
by one big Australian company.
There are the Mauritius with about
15,000 tons. I am told we have a track-
ing station there. We can buy sugar
from them but buy it at the 15-year-
average world price.
WHY HELP SOUTHERN RHODESIA?
Then, there is Southern Rhodesia,
which is down for 6,000 tons. Earlier to-
day I mentioned the fact, which is known
to all, that Southern Rhodesia is in a
critical period in which the white su-
premacy government representing some
250,000 white settlers in Rhodesia is
threatening to secede from the British
Empire. The British Government is car-
rying out the policy previously an-
nounced by the Tory government, name-
ly, that they will resist with all methods
short of physical force the declaration
of independence and in effect will apply
economic sanctions to Rhodesia if they
carry through this program.
In the United Nations a few days ago,
Ambassador Goldberg proposed that we
should condemn Rhodesia if it attempted
to secede from the British Empire. Mr.
Goldberg clearly foresaw the possible in-
flammatory effects of such a secession,
the aim of which would be to impose
the white rule of 250,000 white people
upon 4 million blacks, for an indefinite
future, which might touch off a racial
struggle through all of Africa, including
South Africa and the new black republics
of Central Africa.
I believe Ambassador Goldberg's po-
sition is correct. I am very. glad that the
United Nations, by a vote of 107 to 2, ap-
proved the resolution. I was cheered also
by the fact that press dispatches from
London indicated that the U.S. Govern-
ment was alining itself with the British
Government in its opposition to Rhode-
sian secession. There is the possibility
that, faced with British opposition, faced
with the United Nations opposition, and
faced with the American opposition, Mr.
Smith will have second thoughts and that
his white supremacy party will not force
secession.
They are going through a period of
agonizing reappraisal, so to speak, in
Salisbury, Rhodesia, and in other sec-
tions of that country.
We say to them: "Enter into the
charmed circle. We will give you 6,000
tons of sugar with a subsidy, at the pres-
ent time, of $72 a ton, and, on present
figures, of $430,000."
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October .19, 'ved For R J ALCVR6MUS0ff ff QW300140005-9
produce, even though we do not produce
an acre of that product in Louisiana,
because I believe that every farmer is
entitled to a decent living.
Mr. BASS. I agree wholeheartedly
with the Senator from Louisiana.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. I have sup-
ported and will continue to support meas-
ures which will help every farmer in
every part of this country, whether the
crop he produces is a great amount or
very small compared to those grown in
Louisiana. Fortunately, under the Sugar
Act, and the amendments to it, we have
kept sugar under such complete con-
trol-
Mr. BASS. It is a monopoly.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. It has been
under control. There area great num-
ber of companies which produce sugar
but they are completely controlled. We
not only control the acres the farmer can
plant, but we also control the amount of
sugar he can produce. So that there is
control on both ends. In other commodi-
ties, the farmer can plow on more fer-
tilizer using less acreage, and produce
more wheat, or corn-
Mr. BASS.. Or tobacco.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Or cotton;
and he can sell it. But in sugarbeet and
sugarcane areas, no matter how much
the farmer fertilizes or increases his
produce, if he produces more he is stuck
with it.
Mr. BASS. He can'feed it to the cat-
tle, which cannot be done with a com-
modity such as tobacco.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Yes, he can
feed it to the cattle, but it is expensive
to feed it to cattle. They cannot eat
sugarcane. It must be squeezed out and,
by the time it has been processed, it be-
comes a most expensive feed.
Mr. BASS. Let me capsule what I
wish to say, because I wish to impress
upon the Senator from Louisiana-who
Is one of the leaders not only in the
Senate but also in handling sugar legis-
lation-that we in Tennessee would like
to have a sugar quota, and I hope that
the, Senator will use his influence with
the powers that be who distribute quotas
to try to see if he cannot get one for
Tennessee. We would like to produce
sugar down there.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. I shall be
glad to cooperate in every way I can, with
the understanding that it does not come
off the Louisiana quota.
Mr. BASS. I understand completely.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. We could
take it off the quota of South Africa or
the Fiji Islands, or some other country,
perhaps, so that we could give a quota to
Tennessee.
Mr. BASS. I have the greatest respect
for the refining industry, as I have for
all other industries, but they do not have
a vote on the Senate floor, so that we do
not have to worry too much about that.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. The Senator
would be surprised how many votes they
have in the House of Representatives.
Mr. BASS. -I worked on this kind of
legislation in the House for 8 years, so I
understand a little of the mechanics in
the committee there, but we wish to
please them now.
No. 195-14
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. Let me say
that I should like to be helpful In what
the Senator is seeking to achieve, with
the understanding that I would not want
to prevent us from having a sugar in-
dustry, or the necessary sugar legisla-
tion. That is one of the factors with
which we sometimes have to contend.
We have to get the various elements of
the industry together, in order to get a
Sugar Act passed at all in Congress.
Mr. BASS. There is a way we can
restrict to a degree the influence of the
refineries in distributing quotas.
There is one thing that disturbs me,
and since the Senator has brought it up,
I should like to say, regarding the cri-
teria established by the Department in
issuing quotas under the 1962 act, that
the Department stated that, if Tennessee
could get a mill that would process and
manufacture sugar, it could get a quota.
In my opinion, this is largely strictly up
to the refineries, because they can say to
the Department, "We do not wish to go
to this area and build a factory."
By that action, they could veto the
establishment of a new sugar quota.
This should be reversed. The Secretary
should say to a factory producing sugar
in a given area, "If you do not wish to
go in and manufacture it, then we are
going to move you out from where you
are and you will not have any authority
to manufacture, because this business
of controlling the establishment of
quotas should not be in the hands of
the refiners."
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. The last
time we passed a sugar act in Congress
it was done because we were then able
to bring in new areas and increase the
acreage. We did it in that bill.
Mr. BASS. That is correct.
Mr. LONG of Louisiana. So far as
this Senator is concerned, when we are
in a position to expand acreage, I would
expect to vote to take in new producing
areas; but in a bill such as this, where
those of us from the cane producing
areas have been asked to take a 13-per-
cent cut, we cannot be expected to be
favorable to bringing in new producing
areas.
Mr. BASS. I can understand that
under present circumstances, but I hope,
if the growth factor changes the situa-
tion, the Senator will help us do some-
thing along that line.
I appreciate the courtesy of the Sena-
tor from Oregon in yielding to me. I
know he has an important message to
deliver. I shall listen to him with in-
PROTESTS AGAINST VIETNAM
POLICIES
Mr. MORSE. Mr. President, the agi-
tation in today's news about the nature
of the Vietnam protests and the action
of the U.S. Government to suppress
them is indicative of the use of a straw
man by both sides.
The youthful protestors who ignore the
many means of peaceful and orderly
protest open to them under the first
amendment to the Constitution, are af-
fording to the entire Nation the oppor-
26419
tunity to dismiss all dissent from Gov-
ernment policy as lawless, reckless, and
bordering on sedition.
The near hysteria with which these
demonstrations are being met by Gov-
ernment officials suggests that they are
anxious to tag all dissent as lawless,
reckless, and bordering on sedition. To
bring the full weight of Government pol-
lice power down upon a few noticeable
individuals can, they hope, spread dis-
repute to the whole idea of dissent or ob-
jection to a policy in Vietnam that is
producing not peace but only war and
the prospect of more war.
I do not doubt that the agitators on
the one hand and their prosecutors on
the other serve each other's purposes
quite well. Many of the youths about
whom the public has been reading so
much in recent days have for their pur-
pose little more than agitation, lead-
ing to jail. There are ample laws on the
books to deal with anyone who evades or
resists the draft, and these young men
know that perfectly well. If that is
their chosen means of expression, the
law will deal with them.
And the administration, too, needs an
extremist and violent faction against
which to act, for then it can act with
something like public support. No one
can condone violation of the law in the
form of evasion or resistance to selective
service. For those who are bona fide
conscientious objectors, the law permits
an alternative to combat service. But
the right to violate selective service laws
because of a disagreement with the use
to which they are put cannot gain sup-
port or approval in this country. There-
fore, the administration is safe in crack-
ing down on that type of dissent from its
Vietnam war. I expect that in the weeks
ahead, the Nation will be treated to a
vast public relations campaign that will
seek to create the impression that any-
one who questions what is being done in
Vietnam is a draft evader, or is the tool
or dupe of Communists, or trying to fur-
ther Communist objectives. A few pros-
ecutions and a barrage of high-level
statements will be central features of the
campaign.
It is in these terms that the admin-
istration thinks it can best consolidate
public support for its war.
RIGHT OF PROTEST IS PROTECTED BY
CONSTITUTION
In this situation, it is well for those of
us who believe our Vietnam policy is aid-
ing the Communist cause in the long run
to remember that there ample means of
registering protest, means that are pro-
tected by the first amendment to the
Constitution.
These means have been protected time
and again by the Federal police power in
the last decade when they were used in
connection with civil rights. They take
the form of peaceful, nonviolent protest.
It is the sound of feet marching in pro-
test, the use of the right of peaceful as-
sembly, and of petition that are pro-
tected not only by the Federal courts,
but by the same FBI and Justice Depart-
ment that are now investigating the vio-
lation of draft laws and other forms of
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26420
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R0003001400D5-9
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE October 19, 1965
illegal or violent action In connection
with Vietnam demonstrations.
What America needs to hear is the
tramp, tramp, tramp of marching feet,
in community after community, across
the length and breadth of this land, in
protest against the administration's un-
constitutional and illegal war in South
Vietnam. Those protests must be within
the law. Those protests must not violate
the law. But the administration must
also act in keeping with the rights of the
protesters under the first amendment.
Let me say to the administration that
it owes a responsibility of seeing to it
that, under the guarantees of the first
amendment, the legal rights of the pro-
testers are protected. I know there will
be :incidents. That always has happened
from time immemorial when people have
protested against what they considered
to be unsound government policies.
Those who violate the law must be held
accountable to the law. But also I fore-
warn the administration that it cannot,
because of the actions of some of these
demonstrators who may be law violators,
breach the rights of the legitimate pro-
testers; that it has the obligation to see
that the rights of the legitimate pro-
testers are protected, even though the
Government itself is violating the Con-
stitution of this country.
Beyond that, there, are the rights of
dissent that are exercised in political
debate, open and public forums, and
eventually at the ballot box.
I say to this -administration that it
should keep its eye on the ballot box, for,
In my judgment, there will be an exercise
of public opinion at that ballot box in
1966 and 1968, if this administration does
not reverse itself in its policy of interna-
tional outlawry, that will awaken this
administration to what I think is a great
miscalculation on its part, if it thinks
that at the grassroots of America the
people want war and not peace.
These are means of protest and dissent
that cannot be squelched by Federal
police power. I am satisfied that the
longer the war in Vietnam fails to pro-
duce peace, the more these methods of
dissent will be used by the American
people, no matter how much the Federal
authorities try in the meantime to dis-
credit opposition by condemning and
campaigning against those who conven-
iently provide a grounds for criminal
prosecution.
Those means should be used. They
should be used by an American people
that wishes to abide by the rule of law.
They should be used by people who be-
lieve their Government should itself
abide by the Constitution of the United
States, which permits war to be pursued
only upon a declaration of war by Con-
gress, and by people who believe that the
United States must take the lead in
furthering, not destroying, the rule of
law in relations among nations.
It can hardly be wondered at that an
administration that engages in war In
violation of the means outlined by the
Constitution is met with protests taking
the form of yiolation of the draft laws.
But jungle law is usually met by more
jungle law. This will be true not only
here at home, but among the nations of
the world, who we the United States In
flagrant violation of the United Nations
Charter.
PEACEFUL PROTESTS SHOULD CONTINUE
These events of illegality being coun-
tered by more illegality should not deter
the rest of us from continuing our quest
for a return to the procedures of the
Constitution and the United Nations
Charter. We have ample means for
making our views known. There is no
need to resort to violence or violation of
the law.
Some weeks ago I said as much to a
group of young people who were orga-
nizing a Vietnam war protest in my home
State of Oregon. They were planning a
sit-in at the Portland post office last
February, and while I recognize their
status as adults able to choose their own
course of action, I commented as I shall
read.
At the time of the Incident I discussed
it on the floor of the Senate, and I dis-
cussed it last Friday in my speech on the
floor of the Senate, but I did not have
the telegram in my possession at the
time.
As I said last Friday, the U.S. district
attorney in Portland, Oreg., called me
to report what these students were doing.
He pointed out that it would be neces-
sary for him to arrest them because, at
5 o'clock, he would have to close the
building where they were protesting. He
told me that he did not like to have to
arrest them because that arrest would
be on their record all through their
adulthood, and he did not think that
they realized the great mistake they were
making.
He said:
I think they might listen to you.
I said:
I am not going to establish the precedent
of involving myself in every protest in which
some of the protesters move outside the law
and do not stay within the framework of
their legal rights. But I will send, through
you, a telegram to them, if you will read it,
stating once and for all my position in re-
gard to my dedicated belief that no pro-
tester has the right to violate the law.
I shall read the telegram. I do not
know if it has had any effect on them
as to their subsequent conduct, but the
fact is that subsequent to reading the
wire they left the building and proceeded
thereafter to continue their protest with-
in the law. The telegram reads as fol-
lows:
I am concerned over the reports of com-
mission of unlawful acts by a group of young
people In Oregon in an attempt to dramatize
their disagreement with U.S. policy in Viet-
nam.
The use of so-called "civil disobedience"
techniques is not only inappropriate but
also highly ineffective in bringing about
changes in national policy in a constitu-
tional democracy. Students have a right
freely to publicize their views in a lawful
manner and may perform a service in mak-
ing a reasonable presentation in an attempt
to influence public opinion. But irrespon-
sible and unlawful actions do not contribute
to intelligent discussion of the issues and
can only hurt the cause which is propounded-
I do not doubt that the flouting of the
Constitution and the United Nations Charter
by the administration through its Vietnam
policy will breed much more disrespects for
the draft laws and for the obligations of
citizens to stick to peaceful means of protest.
A country that takes the law into its own
hands is no example for its citizens to do
differently.
But there is no justification, in my
opinion, for any young man in this coun-
try to violate the law by burning draft
cards, or by defying the draft; then the
youth who is able to establish that he is
a conscientious objector within the
meaning of the existing law is not exempt
from a substitute service.
Let there be no mistake. The Senator
from Oregon holds no brief for these law
violators who are using these means of
protest against our war policies in South
Vietnam. I condemn it. To those who
protest within the law I say you must
not be dissuaded by the scofflaws be-
cause we are going to have extremists in
our administration who "'ill smear the
lawful along with the unlawful.
But there are many Americans who
recognize where such a course is going
to take this country if it continues In
its course of action. Many of us recog-
nize that it is this country that has the
most to gain in world affairs by adher-
ing to a standard of respect for the
United Nations and for International
agreements and insisting that others do
the same. To the extent that we depart
from that standard in our international
conduct, we damage our long-range pur-
poses and objectives.
We are fighting in Vietnam without
benefit of a declaration of war. That
alone cannot help but breed disrespect
for our domestic laws among those who
disagree with the policy. But we are
fighting that war in violation of the
United Nations Charter, and that is going
to breed disrespect for peaceful settle-
ment of disputes among all nations, not
the least of them the new nations of the
world we are so anxious to influence and
to guide in the ways of adherence to the
rule of law.
EFFECT ON MORALE OF U.S. FORCES
Much will be heard, and has already
been heard, about dissent at home hav-
ing a demoralizing effect upon American
forces fighting in Vietnam. This argu-
ment has nothing to do with the right-
ness or wrongness, or success or failure,
of a policy, but is supposed only to shut
off comment. If it does, then the su-
premacy of the military over the civilian
in government will truly be established
in this country.
I hope the time will never come when
the wisdom of sending American soldiers
into a war situation will become a for-
bidden subject of discussion. I hope the
time will never come when the purpose
of sending American soldiers into battle
will be a forbidden topic among the
civilians who support them and who
may eventually have to join them. I
hope the time will never come when the
objective to be achieved by war is no
longer a fit matter of debate, because if
it is, the men who think they have gone
10,000 miles away to serve American
interests will have gone in vain.
I repeat my position In connection
with supporting the fighting men in
South Vietnam.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 Qctober"T 9Apped For ReICMUfLgl/jl4ACIfifCyffj6B000PR300140005-9
There have been Senators who have
said, "Are you not pretty much boxed in,
because You are in a position where you
will have to vote against appropriations
for the war in Vietnam?"
I have.said that I shall vote for ap-
propriations for the war in Vietnam only
because it is my trust and duty to provide
the maximum protection for our troops
In whatever situation they find them-
selves. They are not there on their voli-
tion but on the volition of their civilian
I shall continue to protest the war. I
shall continue to vote against giving the
President any vote of confidence for
what I think is his inexcusable course of
action involving us.in the war in South
Vietnam in the absence of a declaration
of war.
That has been my policy. I voted for
the defense appropriation bill. I voted
against the President's two requests for a
vote of confidence. Although it was
concealed, he frankly admitted that he
sent up the request to compel a vote of
confidence, and said at the time he did
not need the $700 million, because he had
transfer power. When he sent a bill
based upon his need to finance the war
in South Vietnam, I voted for the appro-
priation bill, but at the same time I filed
again what I am filing this afternoon,
my protest to his course of action in
southeast Asia.
I repeat that protest, because it needs
to be repeated, in view of the tremendous
propaganda drive that is being conducted
against those of us who are protesting
the outlawry of our Government, the vio-
lation by our Government of our Consti-
tution, the violation by our Government
of the United Nations Charter.
The propaganda, of course, continues
to mount. However, the senior Senator
from Oregon will continue to protest, in
the hope that at long last my country
will return to the rule of law and that
my country will return to keeping its
pledges to its ideals in regard to the
settlement of disputes that threaten the
peace of the world through existing pro-
cedures which are designed to promote
settlement by peaceful means, rather
than by bullets.
That is the position which I ' stated
last night at Princeton University, which
I stated last Saturday in my own State,
and which I have stated over and over
again across the country, and will con-
tinue to state.
The views of those who are protesting
the administration's course of action will
never receive the attention or the em-
phasis that the propaganda of the ad-
ministration, coming out by the reams
from the Pentagon and the State Depart-
ment and the White House, receives on
the desks of American editors-the same
editors who are remarkably silent on the
censorship that has been imposed upon
American war correspondents to a de-
gree never before experienced in the his-
tory of American Journalism and Amer-
ican foreign policy.
I can well understand why the guilty
consciences of so many editors cause
them to follow the propaganda line of
the administration.
But there are some who do not, and I
shall have something to say about editors
who have demonstrated that they un-
derstand the importance of preserving
another great constitutional freedom in
this country-the freedom of the press.
I shall discuss them briefly before I fin-
ish.
I wish to make clear once more my
views as to why this administration is
not declaring war. There are two main
reasons, as I have said many times. The
administration knows that to ask Con-
gress for a declaration of war would start
a historic debate at the grassroots of
America. The administration would
soon come to recognize that the Ameri-
can people want peace, not war.
Second, a declaration of war would
completely change the international law
relationships immediately with every
noncombatant nation in the world. The
administration knows that. The admin-
istration knows that those relationships
with every other country would change
overnight, if war were declared, because
then the United States would be treated
as a combatant. Other countries would
have to deal with us as a combatant.
That would cause great changes in trade
policies. It would cause great changes,
for example, In the relationship between
the United States and the British Com-
monwealth in North Vietnam, and be-
tween the United States and Canada in
North Vietnam.
It would change the relationships be-
tween the United States and France,
the United States and Italy, and the
United States and every other country in
every area of the world that could be con-
sidered an area of the war. In my judg-
ment, that, probably more than any-
thing else, is of great concern to the ad-
ministration.
But that does not justify the President
of the United States making war with-
out a declaration of war. That is why
there is a need, not only for the offi-
cials of the executive branch of the Gov-
ernment, but for Members of Congress,
as well, to reread that great war mes-
sage of Woodrow Wilson of April 2, 1917,
when he came before a joint session of
Congress and read his recommendations
for a declaration of war, stating in the
message that he was without the con-
stitutional authority to make war in the
absence of a declaration of war. He was
right. That is why I have recommended
that officials of the executive branch of
the Government and Members of Con-
gress again read the great war message
of Franklin Delano Roosevelt following
Pearl Harbor, when Franklin Roosevelt
also pointed out that without a declara-
tion of war he was without authority to
make war, and recommended his rea-
sons for asking for a declaration of war.
That, from the very beginning of this
historic debate, has been the position of
the senior Senator from Oregon.
The effort to suppress debate about
the Vietnam war is taking increasingly
blatant forms. One reason why the talk
about morale has become necessary is
the lack of general support for the war
at the grassroots of America. The only
time support for the war can be gained
26421
is when it is described as forcing the
Vietcong to negotiate. But they are not
negotiating; and that calls for a scape-
goat.
Read the polls. Read the interesting
semantics. Read the way the questions
are put in the polls, with a subtlety that
is easily detected. The person ques-
tioned is left with the impression that
the administration's policy is the way to
attain peace.
A part of the burden of the argument
of the senior Senator from Oregon is
that making war will never attain peace.
In my judgment, there is no battle in
South Vietnam that the American mili-
tary force we have there, which is now
taking over the war, cannot win. As I
have said many times, we are shooting
fish in a barrel. Our so-called opposi-
tion is without an air force, it is with-
out a navy, it is without heavy artillery,
it is without tanks. Of course it cannot
possibly stand up to American military
force.
But when we finish winning, when we
finish leveling, when we finish devastat-
ing South and North Vietnam, will we
have won a peace? I am satisfied that
history will say that we have removed
for decades the possibility of winning a
peace. History will show that after all
the military victories which we shall
win, and after that time has passed, we
shall still have to occupy, occupy, and
continue to occupy areas of Asia. Then,
sooner or later, we will be driven out.
That may occur 25 or 50 years from now.
But I do not want to leave that herit-
age to future generations of American
boys and girls. That is why I have been
urging the stopping of the killing. I
have been urging multilateral support
for peacekeeping. I have been urging
that we bring in multilateral forces. I
think we have been reduced now, with
the failure of SEATO, and with the ap-
parent impossibility of reconvening the
14-nation conference that established
the Geneva accords in the first place, to
resorting to the Security Council of the
United Nations, and from there, if there
should be a veto, to the General As-
sembly. I am confident that if we have
to go to the General Assembly, we will
get an overwhelming majority of sup-
port for peacekeeping operations in
South Vietnam.
I believe that that will lead, first, to
a cease-fire, and then to the establish-
ment of some form of administration
for that area of the world, which can be
called, for want of a better description,
a United Nations trusteeship. But it
will provide for a termination of hostili-
ties. That Is what the war hawks in the
United States do not like. That is what
the nationalists in the United States do
not want. It is interesting how we talk
about nationalism in Asia but so little
about America's own nationalism.
Mr. President, our operations in south-
east Asia are operations based upon na-
tionalism, and nationalism, in my judg-
ment, has no place in our foreign policy
when It comes to the course of action
which we are following in southeast
Asia.
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26422
Approved FQb sgSiQ JV/ ~SW DP OAQ 6R00030016
ct0be9 19, 1965
If we accept it on a multilateral ap-
proach, and change the status from that
of warmaking to peacekeeping, of course
the Communists will have a voice in the
determination of operations during a
period of time, for however many years it
may take to finally determine what kind
of system of government shall prevail.
Yes. I, too, would like to wishfully
think the Communists off the earth. I,
too, would like to go to sleep some night
and wake up in the morning and have a
dream come true during the night that
there are no more Communists. How-
ever, they happen to be an ugly reality.
We are not going to wishfully think them
out of existence. We are never going to
be able to shoot them out of existence,
for the more shooting we do, the more
Communists we make.
The U.S. shooting in southeast Asia,
in my judgment, has increased the num-
ber of Communists in the world by the
millions.
The underdeveloped areas of the world,
with their mass of ignorant, illiterate
people, with their youngsters and, in
many instances, their starving people,
with their diseased children, and with
their longevity of 30 to 35 years do not
intend to permit the United States to
shoot its way into dominion and domi-
nation over any segment of Asia.
If we have not learned what the
French, the British, the Dutch, and the
Belgians and the other colonial powers
have learned from the pages of history
'at such a great cost in blood and ma-
teriel, then, let me say most respectfully,
'that we do not wish to learn. However,
I believe that we have a trust, and I
think that our trust is to keep faith with
our ideals. Our trust is to practice our
professings about morality.
We are a great people to ring church
bells. However, we had better be on
guard that the church bells do not start
tolling the decline of America. I want
to ring the church bells, too, but I want
to ring them in jubilation over our prac-
ticing of the spiritual teachings from the
pulpits of those churches.
In my judgment, we cannot reconcile
America's foreign policy in South Viet-
nam with Christianity, nor, for that mat-
ter, with any other religion that believes
in one Supreme Being.
IC will not be silenced in his constant
plea for peace as a substitute for the
jungle law of military might that the
United States is practicing in southeast
Asia.
:[n my judgment, the only time that
support for the war can be gained is
when it is described as forcing the Viet-
cong to negotiate. However, they are
not negotiating. That calls for a scape-
goat in the administration's propaganda.
It is an American characteristic that
when a U.S. foreign policy fails to achieve
its goal, someone here at home must be
blamed for it. We had to find Americans
to blame for the takeover of China by
the Communists, and then for the take-
over of Cuba by Castro. By our stand-
ards, nothing abroad ever happens unless
some American or group of Americans
-wills it. If an American policy flops, it
is only because it was sabotaged by some-
one in the State Department, or was de-
signed to fail in the first place, or was
frustrated by some other Americans.
Today, we are seeing the failure of the
"peace through war" policy in Vietnam
being blamed upon those Americans who
simply disagree that peace in Asia can
be achieved by a unilateral American war
effort. The longer the war is stalemated,
the more blame will be placed upon those
who thought it was misconceived in the
first place.
But I am confident that the good sense
and judgment of the American people
will recognize that we are alone in this
war in Asia, and that despite all our
claims that we are saving Asia from com-
munism, not a single major Asian coun-
try is fighting with us.
When the Pope made his appeal for
peace, he did not make it to the Pen-
tagon, or even the White House. He
made it to the United Nations. Many of
the phony sophisticates in high office are
given to nodding at speeches like that of
Pope Paul, and intimating that while the
Pope had to say all that churchy stuff, it
is really a question of who has the power
to make their views prevail in the world.
That is the attitude of the war hawks.
That is the position of the warmongers.
Like Stalin before them, many Americans
are wont to ask how many divisions the
Pope has.
But I do not believe that Pope Paul
came to this country on a fool's errand.
I think he knew the right place to come,
the right words to say, and the right ap-
peal to make to further the cause of
peace. The United States stands outside
theframework of the United Nations to-
day. Until we get back in it with regard
to Vietnam, we are not furthering the
cause of peace any more than the Com-
munists are.
It is regrettable that those who be-
lieve in lawful protest under the first
amendment are bound to be smeared by
two forces in this country. The first
force is the small group of agitators or
outright Communists who undoubtedly,
whenever we have a situation of protest,
would seek to termite their way into
the - foundation. However, our FBI
knows who they are. Our intelligence
service knows who they are.
They are such a small minority that
those of us who believe that we have a
trust and a duty to carry on our life
under the first amendment must con-
tinue the protest. The senior Senator
from Oregon intends to so continue.
Then, of course, we are smeared by the
rightists and extremists within the ad-
ministration and outside the administra-
tion who would seek to create the im-
pression that, unless one bends his knee
at the altar of the political expediency
of this administration and sanctions
what he considers to be wrongful acts
in the field of foreign policy, he is guilty
of some kind of sedition.
I have been called names before, and
I have never surrendered to ad hominem
arguments, and I do not intend to do so
on this occasion. I intend to continue,
short of a declaration of war, to protest,
in the hope that, at long last, my ad-
ministration will change its course of
action and proceed to lay this whole
threat to the peace of the world before
the Security Council and call upon it, as
the charter provides, to take jurisdic-
tion over this threat to the peace of the
world in Asia.
The general thesis of my remarks ap-
pears in an editorial published in this
morning's Washington Post entitled:
"Demonstrators and the Law."'
I shall read certain excerpts from the
editorial and then, when I close, I shall
have the entire editorial printed in the
RECORD.
The editorial begins:
The Department of Justice is properly in-
terested in and concerned about the possi-
bility of a Communist conspiracy to, obstruct
the operation of the draft law. It ought to
conduct an appropriate investigation, make
arrests where warranted, and institute pros-
ecutions where required.
The senior Senator from Oregon agrees.
The senior Senator from Oregon wants
to make very clear that where one can
advance proof to show that we have
those-not only Communists, but any-
one else in the list of protesters-who are
seeking to violate the law, they should
be investigated and prosecuted.
The editorial continues:
The law is quite clear on the responsi-
bilities of registered citizens, and burning
draft cards and illegally avoiding service is
not an acceptable way of expressing disagree-
ment with Government policy.
The senior Senator from Oregon wants
the RECORD to show that he agrees. How-
ever, that is a long way from the posi-
tion taken by some that it would silence
lawful protest. It is a long way from the
position taken by-some that no one should
exercise the constitutional right under
the first amendment to protest a foreign
policy of his Government that he thinks
is a grossly mistaken foreign policy.
The editorial continues:
What it ought not to do is to continue il-
legal defiance and perfectly lawful demon-
stration. Nor should it use the fact that
many of the weekend marchers against the
war in Vietnam are known Communists to
discredit the marchers who simply differ with
Government policies, without being disloyal
to the country.
Madam President (Mrs. NEUBERGER in
the chair), I seriously doubt that many
of the marchers are known Communists,
and, if they are, let the FBI present the
evidence. I have no doubt that there
probably was a, sprinkling of them among
those marchers, but it is easy to build up
to the false conclusion that because peo-
ple march in protest to the foreign policy
of this Government--within the law-
that they are honeycombed with Com-
munists.
The editorial continues:
Surely the overwhelming number of the
demonstrators . were not Communists and
many probably withered at their association
with Communists in the demonstrations.
The coercive power of Government law-en-
forcement agencies must not be used to in-
hibit disagreement and dissent when the ex-
pression of that dissent is limited to per-
fectly lawful means.
The senior Senator from Oregon
agrees and heartily applauds this wise
observation by the editorial in the Wash-
ington Post.
The editorial continues:
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October Yg; "proved For R e I*J" M,AL? Ct 0300140005-9 26423
As a practical matter, the Government
should be careful to avoid giving the demon-
strations the attention that ought to be re-
served for major threats to national unity.
Demonstrations as large as those held over
the weekend could be mobilized to protest
the manufacture, of straight pins on almost
any pleasant autumn day. The dissent in
the country is relatively minor; but the Gov-
ernment risks exaggerating its significance by
reacting too strongly.
I say most respectfully that in my
judgment, the administration is over-
reacting as a means of silencing all ob-
jections to its policy. The soundings at
the grassroots of America indicate that
the dissent is of great proportions, from
coast to coast.
The, editorial continues:
After a long and searching examination of
the courses available in South Vietnam, the
overwhelming majority of the American peo-
ple have come to the conclusion that there is
no acceptable alternative to the policy the
Government is pursuing.
I do not think the Washington Post
could be more mistaken, Madam Presi-
dent. In fact, even the polls, with their
slanted and weighted consideration in
favor of the administration's position,
show a close division in this country in
regard to public opinion vis-a-vis the
administration policy in South Vietnam.
The Post says:
That majority is bound to be impatient
with critics of that policy whose credentials,
like those of the Communists, will not stand
examination. It is likely to resent and prone
to overreact to extremists who imply that
their own country is indifferent to considera-
tions of humanity. But whatever the ma-
jority's resentment, it must tolerate criticism
from those who, in good faith, have a differ-
ent point of view.
And so it must. And so, also for the
sake of discussing a hypothesis, and ac-
cepting what I consider to be an unsound
major premise factually, let us assume
that a majority favors the administra-
tion's policy at the present time. One
of the precious safeguards of freedom in
this Republic is that a minority must
not be suppressed in its lawful right to
change into a majority. This great for-
eign policy issue is in a state of flux.
This is one Senator who believes that
when the American people get the facts-
and this administration has not started
to give the American people the facts
about the war in South Vietnam-when
they get the facts, in my judgment, an
overwhelming majority of the American
people will repudiate the administra-
tion's policy. I believe the repudiation
will start at the ballot box in 1966, and
continue at the ballot box in 1968. And
it should, unless this administration
changes what I consider to be its illegal,
unconstitutional course of international
outlawry in South Vietnam, along with
the Communist nations, which are like-
wise engaged in outlawry, in their pros-
ecution of a war. What they should be
doing on both sides is submitting the
issues of that war to the council table,
under the procedures provided for in the
United Nations Charter.
Until we are willing to try it, I do not
accept the argument of those who say it
will not work. We will never know until
we try to make it work.
Madam President, I ask unanimous
consent that the entire Washington Post
editorial be printed in the RECORD at this
point.
There being no objection, the editorial
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD,
as follows:
[From the Washington Post, Oct. 19, 19661
DEMONSTRATORS AND THE LAW
The Department of Justice is properly In-
terested in and concerned about the possibil-
ity of a Communist conspiracy to obstruct
the operation of the draft law. It ought to
conduct an appropriate investigation, make
arrests where warranted and institute prose-
cutions where, required. The law is quite
clear on the responsibilities of registered citi-
zens, and burning draft cards and illegally
avoiding service is not an acceptable way of
expressing disagreement with Government
policy.
What it ought not to do is to confuse
illegal defiance and perfectly lawful demon-
stration. Nor should it use the fact that
many of the weekend marchers against the
war in Vietnam are known Communists to
discredit the marchers who simply differ
with Government policies, without being dis-
loyal to their country. Surely the over-
whelming number of the demonstrators were
not Communists and many probably writhed
at their association with Communists in the
demonstrations. The coercive power of Gov-
ernment law-enforcement agencies must not
be used to inhibit disagreement and dissent
when the expression of that dissent is limited
to perfectly lawful means.
As a practical matter, the Government
should be careful to avoid giving the demon-
strations the attention that ought to be
reserved for major threats to national unity.
Demonstrations as large as those held over
the weekend could be mobilized to protest
the manufacture of straight pins on almost
any pleasant autumn day. The dissent in the
country is relatively minor; but the Govern-
ment risks exaggerating its significance by
reacting too strongly.
After a long and searching examination of
the courses available in South Vietnam, the
overwhelming majority of the American peo-
ple have come to the conclusion that there
is no acceptable alternative to the policy the
Government is pursuing. That majority is
bound to be impatient with critics of that
policy whose credentials, like those of the
Communists, will not stand examination. It
is likely to resent and prone to overreact
to extremists who imply that their own coun-
try is indifferent to considerations of human-
ity. But whatever the majority's resentment,
it must tolerate criticism from those who, in
good faith, have a different point of view.
This toleration will be misconstrued in
North Vietnam. The officials of the National
Liberation Front may misinterpret the open
expression of opposition as a sign of weak-
ness and division in this country. It is, on
the contrary, a sign of strength and unity
in the country. The National Liberation
Front must be made to see that. Perhaps the
best way to make this understood would be
more manifestations of public support for
the Government's policy that would show
how united the people of this country are
behind the Government's determination to
defend the people of South Vietnam against
conquest from the North. It is a better al-
ternative than any sort of repression of law-
ful and orderly dissent.
TRIBUTE TO THE ST. LOUIS POST
DISPATCH AND THE YORK GA-
ZETTE AND DAILY
Mr. MORSE. Turning to another but
somewhat related matter, Madam Presi-
dent, I said earlier that I would have
something to say about some courageous
editors in America.
The two newspapers I now mention are
not the only two which meet the test of
objectivity and journalistic courage, but
I know of no two newspapers which I
would be more inclined to suggest for this
year's Pulitzer Prize in American jour-
nalism. One is that great newspaper,
the St. Louis Post Dispatch; the second
is a much smaller but most remarkable
newspaper for its objectivity, for its pres-
entation of facts, for its journalistic
courage-a little newspaper up in York,
Pa., known as the York Gazette and
Daily. I have referred to some of its
editorials in the past.
I again pay high honor and tribute to
the editor of that newspaper, Mr. Hig-
gins, for I know of no editor in this coun-
try more daring, more objective, or more
factual than the editor of the York Ga-
zette and Daily.
This afternoon I wish to pay my trib-
ute once again to the editors of the St.
Louis Post-Dispatch. On October 14,
1965, they published an editorial dealing
with our Latin American policy. I con-
sider it to be completely sound. It is
highly critical of the administration.
Criticism of the administration is due.
The editorial, entitled "Lame Rebuttal,"
reads as follows:
[From the St. Louis Post-Dispatch]
LAME REBUTTAL
The Johnson administration would do well
to stop trying to defend its intervention in
the Dominican Republic, and start develop-
ing a hemisphere policy based on something
more substantial than confused and frantic
anticommunism. That is the conclusion we
draw from Under Secretary of State Mann's
lame reply to the FULBRIGHT critique of the
Dominican adventure.
Mr. Mann did not rebut, he confirmed the
main points of Senator FULBRIGHT's analysis,
one of which was that President Johnson in
this case was the victim of bad advice, poor
judgment, and immature understanding.
The Under Secretary exhibits symptoms of
all three.
Senator FULBRIGHT concluded, from a care-
ful study of the facts, that President John-
son's advisers exaggerated the danger of a
Communist takeover of the revolt in Santo
Domingo last April. He offered evidence to
support his view. 'Tain't so, replies Mr.
Mann; but the evidence he offers is simply
that all the President's advisers were con-
vinced that a danger was clear and present.
There is no argument that the advisers
were convinced. The question is whether
they were correct, and we suspect that Juan
Bosch will have the last word on that. He
has declared that American intervention cre-
ated more Communists than ever were in-
volved in the attempt to restore his consti-
tutional government, and we expect that
history will bear him out.
The basic Issue, however, is not the extent
of Communist Involvement, but Mr. Mann's
implicit assumption that Communist involve-
ment somehow gives the United States an
automatic license to put down a Latin Ameri-
can revolt by the unilateral use of American
armed force. How can any such doctrine
possibly be squared with the principle, which
Mr. Mann himself claims to support, that
unilateral intervention is illegal under the
OAS charter and that nonintervention is the
keystone of the inter-American structure?
The administration appears to contend
that any Communist activity in Latin Amer-
ica must by definition represent intervention
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 26424
Approved For ease 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
C GRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE October Y9, 1965
by a Communist state. But no evidence has
been presented of any substantial Involve-
ment in Santo Domingo of Cuba, China, Rus-
sia, or any other Communist government. If
such evidence had existed, the proper re-
sponse would have been collective action
under the OAS charter and not unilateral
action by the United States. Our Govern-
ment simply does not have the right to set
itself up as the sole judge of what kind of
revolution or reform our . Latin. American
neighbors shall be permitted. Attempts to
play this role can only alienate us steadily
from the peoples of the hemisphere.
Senator FULBRIGHT was profoundly right in
saying that the policy followed in Santo Do-
mingo, consistently pursued, would make the
United States "the enemy of all revolutions
and therefore the ally of all the unpopular
and corrupt oligarchies of the hemisphere."
When will our leaders learn that, quite apart
from international law and the treaty obli-
gations that argue against such a policy, pur-
suing it in an age of social revolution means
deliberately choosing the losing side? There
are going to be social revolutions in Latin
America and elsewhere, whether we like it
or not, and the surest way to encourage
Communist capture of them is to aline Amer-
ican armed power everywhere on the side
of the status quo. -
Madam President, I completely agree
with the premises stated in the editorial.
On the very day the tickers began to tell
the story of the sending of American
marines to the Dominican Republic, and
of the story of the protests from Chile,
Ecuador, Venezuela, and Peru, some of
our best friends among democratic gov-
ernments have charged us with inter-
vention.
If the marines were being sent in for
the limited purpose which the Presi-
dent had announced, he had a right to
send them in, and sending them in did
not constitute intervention under the
meaning of the term in international
law. For the announcement of the Presi-
dent was that the marines were being
sent in to evacuate American nationals
when the Government of the Dominican
Republic was supposed to have an-
nounced to the American Government-
and we did not know wlirat was subse-
quently disclosed at the 'Foreign Rela-
tions Committee hearings on this sub-
ject--that it could not give protection to
American nationals. We did not know
then, as the Senator from Arkansas [Mr.
FtrLBRIGHT] has since brought out, that
the American Ambassador suggested to
the military junta in the Dominican Re-
public that such a message be sent.
Madam President, some of us con-
sider that course of action to be entirely
inexcusable on the part of the American
Ambassador in the Dominican Republic.
Subsequent events have shown that
we went far beyond evacuating Ameri-
can nationals, and that we did take part
in the revolution. History will so record.
:Many editorials published in the St.
Louis Post-Dispatch have rightfully
pointed it out. The Senator from Ar-
kansas [Mr. FULBRIGHT], chairman of
the Foreign Relations Committee, has
also pointed it out.
:f have agreed with him, as I stated in
a major speech the day following the
Madam President, this is another area
of great controversy in the field of
American foreign policy. As I stated
Friday, and as I repeat today, I hope
that the American Secretary of State,
before he arrives in Rio de Janeiro on
November 17, will clarify our policy, be-
cause Under Secretary of State Mann, In
his speech at Los Angeles the other day,
did not clarify it but only added con-
fusion to an already very confused
situation.
Nevertheless, I said on that day that
we had the right to send in our marines
under international law to bring out
American nationals when we had been
advised that the government of that
country could not protect their lives.
If Senators will read my speech, they
will see that although I defended my
President in the sending in of the ma-
rines to evacuate American nationals, I
also pointed out that it should not take
long. I also pointed out that it would
not require many marines to do the job.
I also warned the Johnson administra-
tion that If it went beyond that purpose,
It would become involved in the revolu-
tion itself and would be guilty of inter-
vention. Further, by participating In
any aid to the revolution, it would be In
violation of the Rio de Janeiro Treaty
and the Charter of the Organization of
American States.
Madam President, what we need be-
fore the Secretary of State goes to Rio
do Janeiro is a clear-cut statement from
the State Department that we stand
foursquare on our commitments under
the Rio de Janeiro Treaty, the Charter of
the Organization of American States, the
agreement at Punta del Este, and the
Washington Agreement of Foreign Min-
isters of 1964.
We need this clarification In order to
reestablish the confidence of the world
in us; a confidence which has been badly
shaken by events following passage in
the House of Representatives of the un-
fortunate resolution which has created
grave doubts in Latin America as to
exactly what our position is on the issue
of intervention.
Madam President, I close by saying
that I am never happy to find myself in
a critical posture in relation to my Gov-
ernment on foreign policy. However, I
take some solace from the fact that if
we were to add up all the issues on Amer-
ican foreign policy, it would be found
that I am, In an overwhelming majority
of the issues, in agreement with the
administration.
But, in the area of Latin America, and
in the area of southeast Asia, I find my-
self in substantial disagreement on a
great many issues.
Madam President, there is an area for
agreement, and I see some trends of such
a prospect within the developing policies
of the administration. I pray that I am
right in my hope that in the not too
many months ahead we shall find our-
selves of one mind again.
I believe that I see a growing recogni-
tion on the Hart of the a
dminlstrat n..
.
Arkansas on the floor of the Senate, not bassador Goldberg at the United Nations,
so many days ago, in which he expressed that every support must be given to him
criticisms of our Dominican Republic as lie seeks to carry out what we have
policy. been led to believe are the clear instruc-
tions of the President of the United
States, to see what can be done by way
of conversations and diplomatic nego-
tiations with members of the United
Nations, and particularly with members
of the Security Council, to find a way
to bring an end to the killing in south-
east Asia, the ending of the bombing,
the adoption of a ceasefire, the promul-
gation of an administrative policy that
will lead to the setting up of a United
Nations trusteeship.
There are some straws in the diplo-
matic winds that indicate that an analy-
sis is being made of that approach. If
I am correct in my understanding-and
I am not merely acting on the basis of
straws taken from the blue sky, but this
understanding is based on conversations
I have had in regard to this matter with
high people in the administration-I
believe there is some hope.
I trust that every diplomatic channel
will be exhausted to the end of bringing
of the hope into fruition. I am satisfied
that we must end the war in southeast
Asia, but on a basis that will protect the
millions of people there from what I
think would be history's worst blood bath
if we left the parties to themselves in
southeast Asia. Now that we have been
a party to the creation of that situation,
we cannot leave the situation to the par-
ties themselves. That Is 'why I have
never, in my speeches of protest, advo-
cated that we withdraw abruptly from
southeast Asia, but that we change our
own status and get others to come in
with us to keep the peace.
I would return to that ideal, the pro-
posals of Franklin Roosevelt, for a trus-
teeship over Indochina by the United
Nations. I hope my administration will
proceed to do everything it can, within
the framework of the United Nations, to
attaining that ideal.
THE PUERTO RICAN CHILD IN THE
AMERICAN SCHOOL
Mr. WILLIAMS of New Jersey. Mr.
President, I recently received a most in-
teresting article discussing the serious
problems faced by the Puerto Rican child
in our public school system. The au-
thors, Dr. Frank M. Cordasco and Mr.
Charles R. Kelley, are both prominent
New Jerseyites who have long been active
in the field of education and public serv-
ice.
I ask unanimous consent that this in-
formative and useful article be included
in the RECORD.
There being no objection, the article
was ordered to be printed in the RECORD,
as follows:
THE PUERTO RICAN CHILD IN THE
AMERICAN SCHOOL
(By Frank M. Cordasco, professor of educa-
tion, Jersey City State College;, and Charles
R. Kelley, educational consultant to the
New Jersey Office of Economic Opportu-
nity)
1. THE MIGRATION
In 1960 some 900,000 Puerto Ricans lived
in the United States including not only those
born on the island but also those born to
Puerto Rican parents in the States. Until
1940, the Puerto Rican community in the
United States numbered only 70,000, but by
1950 this had risen to 226,000, and over the
decade to 1960, the net gain due to migration
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 October 19, ved For Re kWYYMi .IC4 O PBO6UMW60300140005-9
By Mr. DOUGLAS:
S. 2863. A bill for the relief of Dinesh Ku-
mar Poddar; to the Committee on the Judi-
ciary.
By Mr. DODD:
S. 2664. A bin for the relief of Mrs. Ther-
mutis Campbell and her son. Michael An-
thony Campbell; to the Committee on the
Judiciary.
By Mr. BILL (for himself and Mr.
SPARKMAN) :
S. 2665. A bill for the relief of Fuad Boulous
Shunnarah; to the Committee on the Judi-
ciary.
By Mr. YARBOROUGII:
S. 2666. A bill to clarify and otherwise im-
prove chapter 73 of title 88, United States
Code, relating to the Department of Medicine
and Surgery of the Veterans' Administra-
tion, and for other purposes; to the Commit-
tee on Labor and Public Welfare.
(See the remarks of Mr. YARBOROUGH when
he introduced the above bill, which appear
under a separate heading.)
By Mr. MAGNUSON (by request) :
S. 2667. A bill to amend title II of the Mer-
chant Marine Act, 1936, to, create the Federal
Maritime Administration, and for other pur-
poses; and
8.2668. A bill to amend the Merchant Ma-
rine, Act, 1936, in order to authorize the
chartering for certain passenger cruise serv-
Ice of vessels operating under subsidy; to the
Committee on Commerce.
(See the remarks of Mr. MAGNUSON when
he introduced the above bills, which appear
under separate headings.)
By Mr. MAGNUSON:
S. 2669. A bill to establish safety stand-
ards for motor vehicle tires sold or shipped
in interstate commerce, and for other pur-
poses; to the Committee on Commerce.
(See the remarks of Mr. MAGNUSON when
he introduced the above bill, which appear
under a separate heading. )
By Mr.YARBOROUGH:
-8.2670. A bill to approve a contract negoti-
ated with the El Paso County Water Im-
provement District No. 1, Texas, to author-
ize its execution, and for other purposes;
to the Committee on Interior and Insular
Affairs.
(See the remarks of Mr. YARBOROUGH when
he introduced the above bill, which appear
under a separate heading.)
By Mr. THURMOND:
S. 2671. A bill to amend the Fair Labor
Standards Aet of 1938 in order to exempt
employees employed in the shelling of shell-
fish from the minimum wage provisions of
such act; to the Committee on Labor and
Public Welfare.
, (See the remarks of Mr. THURMOND when
he introduced the above bill, which appear
under a separate heading.)
By Mr. WILLIAMS of New Jersey (for
himself, Mr. MONDALE, and Mrs.
NEUBERGER):
S. 2672. A bill to provide full and fair
disclosure of the nature of interests in real
estate subdivisions sold through the mails
and instruments of transportation or com-
munication in interstate commerce, and to
prevent frauds in the sale thereof, and for
other purposes; to the Committee on Bank-
In and Currency.
Saee the remarks of Mr. WILLIAMS of New
Jersey when he introduced the above bill,
which. appear under a separate heading.)
By Mr. HARTKE (for himself and Mr.
FELL) :
S.J. Res. 118. Joint resolution to provide
for the construction of a velodrome in the
District of Columbia; to the Committee on
the District of Columbia.
(See the remarks of Mr. HARTKE whenhe
introduced the-atiove joint resolution, which
appear under a separate heading.)
By Mr. SIMPSON.,
S.J. Res. 119. Joint resolution authorizing
the Hungarian Freedom Fighters' Federation
to erect a memorial in the District of Co-
lumbia or its environs; to the Committee on
Rules and Administration.
(See the remarks of Mr. SIMPSON when he
introduced the above joint resolution, which
appear under a separate heading.)
CONCURRENT RESOLUTION
TO PRINT AS A SENATE DOCU-
MENT A STUDY ENTITLED "THE
ANTI-VIETNAM AGITATION AND
THE TEACH-IN MOVEMENT"
Mr. DODD submitted the following
concurrent resolution (S. Con. Res. 65) ;
which was referred to the Committee on
Rules and Administration:
S. CON. RES. 65
Resolved by the Senate (the House of
Representatives concurring), That the pam-
phlet entitled "The Anti-Vietnam Agitation
and the Teach-In Movement", prepared for
the use of the Subcommittee on Internal
Security of the Senate Committee on the
Judiciary, be printed as a Senate Document.
SEC. 2. There Shall be printed ten thousand
additional copies of such Senat.? document
for the use of the Subcommittee on Internal
Security of the Senate Committee on the
Judiciary.
CLARIFICATION AND IMPROVE-
MENT OF STATUTES AFFECTING
VA DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE
AND SURGERY
Mr. YARBOROUGH. Mr. Presi-
dent, I introduce, for appropriate ref-
erence, a bill to clarify and otherwise
improve chapter 73 of title 38, United
States Code, relating to the Department
of Medicine and Surgery of the Veterans'
Administration, and for other pur-
poses. As the title indicates, the pur-
pose of this legislation is to accomplish
a number of perfecting changes in the
law governing the Department of Medi-
cine and Surgery in the Veterans' Ad-
ministration, which, within the Veterans'
Administration, administers the hospital
and medical care program for veterans.
Many of the proposed amendments
concern improvements in terminology,
or are mere clarifications in language to
reflect current conditions or circum-
stances. Some of the amendments pro-
posed would, however, involve substan-
tive changes in the law which experi-
ence has demonstrated to be desirable.
Except for the proposed authority in
section 9, to pay the expenses of part-
time and temporary full-time physicians,
dentists, and nurses while attending pro-
fessional meetings, there would be no ad-
ditional expenditure of public funds re-
sulting from the enactment of the pro-
posed legislation. The cost of section 9
would be minimal.
The bill would also amend section
5004 of title 38, United States Code, to
provide express statutory authority for
the Veterans' Administration to estab-
lish, operate, and maintain parking fa-
cilities in conjunction with the hospitals
and domicillaries it operates. Basic au-
26339
thority for the operation of such facili-
ties exists, but in general terms. The
proposed amendment would spell out
this authority and also specifically au-
thorize the collection of reasonable fees,
under certain circumstances, from em-
ployees, visitors, and others using the
facilities, as well as providing certain
operational refinements.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous con-
sent that the bill be printed at this point
in the RECORD.
The VICE PRESIDENT. The bill will
be received and appropriately referred;
and, without objection, the bill will be
printed in the RECORD.
The bill (S. 2666) to clarify and other-
wise improve chapter 73 of title 38,
United States Code, relating to the De-
partment of Medicine and Surgery of
the Veterans' Administration, and for
other purposes; introduced by Mr. YAR-
BOROUGH, was received, read twice by its
title, referred to the Committee on Labor
and Public Welfare, and ordered to be
printed in the RECORD, as follows:
S. 2666
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of
Representatives of the United States of
America in Congress assembled, That section
4101 of title 38, United States Code, is
amended to read as follows:
"14101. Functions of Department
'There shall be in the Veterans' Adminis-
tration a Department of Medicine and Sur-
gery under a Chief Medical Director. The
.functions of the Department of Medicine and
Surgery shall be those necessary for a com-
plete medical and hospital service, including
medical research and education directly re-
lated to such service as prescribed by the Ad-
ministrator pursuant to this chapter and
other statutory authority."
SEC. 2. Section 4102 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting "Medical
Service, Dental Service, Nursing Service, and
Auxiliary Service" and inserting in lieu
thereof the following: "a Medical Service,
a Dental Service, a Nursing Service, and such
other professional and auxiliary services as
the Administrator may find to be necessary
to carry out the functions of the Depart-
ment."
SEC. 3. (a) Section 4103(a) of title 38,
United States Code, is amended by deleting
"five", immediately preceding "Assistant
Chief Medical Directors," in the first sentence
of paragraph (3) thereof, and substituting
therefor, "six".
(b) Such section 4103 is further amended
by amending subsection (b) thereof to read
as follows:
"(b) Except as provided in subsection (c)
of this section-
"(1) any appointment under this section
shall be for a period of four years, with reap-
pointment permissible for successive like pe-
riods,
"(2) any such appointment or reappoint-
ment may be extended by the Administrator
for a period not in excess of three years, and
"(3) any person so appointed or reap-
pointed shall be subject to removal by the
Administrator for cause."
SEC. 4. Section 4104 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting "(2)
Managers, pharmacists" and inserting in lieu
thereof "(2) Pharmacists", and by deleting
"pathologists," in subparagraph (2).
SEC. 5. Section 4105 of title 38, United
States Code, Is amended as follows;
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9
 2(5340
Approved F%rM~e
g XIIIii BDP657@QJQ1VR00030014PQ0er 19, 1965
114105. Qualifications of appointees
"(a) Any person to be eligible for appoint-
ment to the following positions in the De-
partment of Medicine and Surgery must have
the requisite qualifications:
"(1) Physician-
"hold the degree of doctor of medicine or
of doctor of osteopathy from a college or
university approved by the Administrator,
have completed an internship satisfactory
to the Administrator, and be licensed to prac-
tice medicine, surgery, or osteopathy in a
State;
"(2) Dentist-
"hold the degree of doctor of dental sur-
gery or dental medicine from a college or
university approved by the Administrator,
and be licensed to practice dentistry in a
State;
"(8) Nurse-
"have successfully completed a full course
of nursing In a recognized school of nursing,
approved by the Administrator, and be regis-
tered as a graduate nurse in a State;
"(4) Director of a hospital, domiciliary,
center or outpatient clinic-
"have such business and administrative
experience and qualifications as the Ad-
ministrator shall prescribe;
"(5) Optometrist-
"be licensed to practice optometry in a
State;
"(6) Pharmacist-
"hold the degree of bachelor of science
in. pharmacy, or the equivalent, from a school
of pharmacy approved by the Administrator,
and be registered as a pharmacist in a State;
"(7) Physical therapists, occupational ther-
apists, dietitians, and other employees shall
have such scientific or technical qualifica-
tions as the Administrator shall prescribe.
"(b) Except as provided in section 4114 of
this title, no person may be appointed in
the Department of Medicine and Surgery as
a physician, dentist, or nurse unless he is a
citizen of the United States."
SEC. 6. Section 4106 of title 38, United
Slates Code, is amended by-
(a) deleting the words "Automatic pro-
motions" in the second sentence of subsec-
tion (c) and inserting in lieu thereof the
word "Advancement", and
(b) adding at the end thereof the follow-
ing new subsection (e) :
"(e) In accordance with regulations pre-
scribed by the Administrator, the grade level
and salary of a physician, dentist, or nurse
changed from a level of assignment where
the grade level is based on both the'nature
of the assignment and personal qualifica-
tions, may be adjusted to the grade and
salary otherwise appropriate."
SEC. 7(a). Section 4107 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by-
(1) deleting "or the position of clinic di-
rector at an outpatient clinic," in the second
sentence of paragraph (2) of subsection (b),
and
(2) adding at the end thereof the follow-
trig new subsection (c) :
"(c) Notwithstanding any other provision
of law, the per annum salary rate of each
individual serving as a director of a hospital,
domiciliary, or center who is not a physician
shall not be less than. the salary rate which
he would receive under this section if his
service as a director of a hospital, domiciliary,
or center had been service as a physician In
the director grade. The position of the di-
rector of a hospital, domiciliary, or center
shall not be subject to the provisions of the
Classification Act of 1.949 as amended."
(b) Any physician or dentist in the execu-
ti.ve grade on the date of enactment of this
Act by virtue of his holding the position of
clinic director at an outpatient clinic may
be continued In such grade so long as he
continues to hold the same position, not-
withstanding the amendment made In sec-
tion 4107(b) of title 38, United States Code,
by section 7(a) of this Act.
SEc. 8. Section 4111 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting "(a)" in
the first line and subsection (b) in its en-
tirety.
SEC. 9. Section 4112 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting "conduct
regular calendar quarterly meetings." in the
second sentence thereof, and substituting
therefor, "meet on a regular basis as pre-
scribed by the Administrator.".
SEC. 10. Section 4113 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting "and
paragraph (1) of section 4104" and inserting
in lieu thereof "paragraph (1) of section
4104 and physicians, dentists, and nurses
appointed on a temporary full-time or part-
time basis under section 4114".
SEC. 11. (a) Section 4114 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended by deleting the words
"or part-time" in paragraph (a) (1) (A) and
Inserting in lieu thereof ", part-time, or with-
out compensation".
(b) Such section 4114 Is further amended
by adding at the end thereof the following
new subsection:
"(d) The Chief Medical Director may
waive for the purpose of appointments under
this section the requirements of section
4105(a) of this title that the licensure of a
physician or dentist, or the registration of
a nurse must be in a 'State', if-
"(1) in the case of a physician, he is to be
used on a research or an academic post or
where there is no direct responsibility for the
care of patients; or
"(2) in any case, where the individual Is
to serve in a country other than the United
States and his licensure or registration is in
the country in which he is to serve."
(c) The catchline of such section 4114 is
amended to read "Temporary full-time, part-
time, and without compensation appoint-
ments; residencies or internships".
(d) The analysis at the head of chapter 73
of title 38, United States Code, is amended
by deleting:
"4114. Temporary and part-time appoint-
ments; residencies and internships."
and inserting in lieu thereof:
"41.14. Temporary - full-time, part-time, and
without compensation appoint-
ments; residencies or internships."
SEC. 12. (a) Section 5004 of title 38, United
States Code, is amended to read as follows:
? 5004. Garages and parking facilities
"(a) The Administrator may construct
and maintain on reservations of Veterans'
Administration hospitals and domiciliaries,
garages for the accommodation of privately-
owned automobiles of employees of such hos-
pitals and domiciliaries. Employees using
such garages shall make such reimbursement
therefor as the Administrator may deem
reasonable.
"(b) (1) The Administrator may establish,
operate, and maintain, in conjunction with
Veterans' Administration hosiptals and dom-
iciliaries, parking facilities for the accom-
modation of privately owned vehicles of Fed-
eral employees, and vehicles of visitors and
other Individuals having business at such
hospitals and domiciliaries.
"(2) The Administrator may establish and
collect (or provide for the collection of) fees,
for the use of the parking facilities, au-
thorized by subsection (b) (1) of this sec-
tion, at such rate or rates which he deter-
mines would (A) at least amortize the cost
of lands acquired after enactment of this
section, (B) amortize cost of improvements
and recover cost of maintenance and opera-
tions, and (C) be reasonable under the par-
ticular circumstances.
"(3) The Administrator may contract, by
lease or otherwise, with responsible persons,
firms or corporations, for the operation of
such parking facilities, under such terms
and conditions as he may prescribe, and
without regard to the laws concerning ad-
vertising for competitive bids.
"(c) Money received from the use of the
garages and from the parking facilities op-
erations authorized by this section, may be
credited to the applicable appropriation
charged with the cost of operating and main-
taining these facilities. Any amount not
needed for the maintenance, operation and
repair of these facilities shall be covered
Into the Treasury of the United States as
miscellaneous receipts."
(b) The table of sections, appearing at
the beginning of chapter 81 of such title 38.
Is amended by deleting therefrom:
"5004. Garages on hospital and domiciliary
reservations."
and inserting in lieu thereof:
"5004. Garages and parking facilities."
ESTABLISHMENT OF AN INDEPEND-
ENT FEDERAL MARITIME ADMIN-
ISTRATION
Mr. MAGNUSON. Mr. President, in
recent weeks a number of proposals have
been advanced, and some subsequently
withdrawn, with the announced purpose
of assisting and promoting the U.S. mer-
chant marine. I do not care at this time
to comment on all the proposals that
have been made by Government officials
and committees and by several associa-
tions representing maritime labor and
management. It is rather clear that this
adventure of initiating proposals and
new ideas has not come to an end. The
President of the United States,, has
promised a new maritime policy and a
special subcommittee of the President's
Maritime Advisory Committee Is now
busy at work on additional maritime
proposals.
I have no panacea to suggest to the
Advisory Committee, but I do believe that
it will be necessary for those who make
further recommendations to realize the
importance of including a meaningful
program of assistance and moderniza-
tion for our domestic merchant fleet and
our American. shipyards.
The desperate condition of the domes-
tic trade has been fully documented in
Senate Commerce Committee hearings,
yet this essential segment, which In the
past has involved a fleet larger than that
in our foreign. trade, has been admittedly
and by design ignored in Government
studies made to date. The problem of
the U.S. coastal, Great Lakes, and off-
shore trades to Puerto Rico, Hawaii, and
Alaska represents to me one of the most
serious facing our American merchant
marine. It can no longer be ignored.
Neither can our shipyards and essen-
tial American suppliers to shipyards be
ignored. The Government spends over a
billion and one-half dollars annually in
private American shipyards and Ameri-
can private operators in the foreign and
domestic trade spend -annually another
quarter of a billion dollars. Therefore, I
believe it should be obvious that the im-
provement and modernization of our
shipbuilding capability offers possibilities
for competitive improvement and cost re-
duction to the Government and industry
as significant as the modernization of our
merchant fleet.
Much could be advanced for improving
the competitive position of both our do-
mestic fleet and American shipyards
Approved For Release 2003/10/14: CIA-RDP67B00446R000300140005-9